From 4163308ecae26c76d22e4cc80d8bae729b06b94f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: james <> Date: Sun, 3 Feb 2008 16:20:24 +0000 Subject: *** empty log message *** --- DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixa.html | 444 +++++++++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixb.html | 62 ++ DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixc.html | 1331 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixd.html | 172 +++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixe.html | 49 ++ DOCS/vt102-ug/arrowdown.png | Bin 0 -> 155 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/arrowleft.png | Bin 0 -> 162 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/arrowright.png | Bin 0 -> 160 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/arrowup.png | Bin 0 -> 158 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/blocksmall.png | Bin 0 -> 127 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter1.html | 385 ++++++++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter10.html | 536 +++++++++++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter2.html | 132 ++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter3.html | 1133 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter4.html | 86 +++ DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter5.html | 1148 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter6.html | 644 ++++++++++++++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter7.html | 262 +++++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter8.html | 156 ++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter9.html | 329 ++++++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/char137.png | Bin 0 -> 143 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char140.png | Bin 0 -> 162 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char141.png | Bin 0 -> 153 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char142.png | Bin 0 -> 159 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char143.png | Bin 0 -> 169 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char144.png | Bin 0 -> 175 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char145.png | Bin 0 -> 163 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char146.png | Bin 0 -> 153 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char147.png | Bin 0 -> 155 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char150.png | Bin 0 -> 166 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char151.png | Bin 0 -> 162 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char152.png | Bin 0 -> 148 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char153.png | Bin 0 -> 148 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char154.png | Bin 0 -> 150 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char155.png | Bin 0 -> 150 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char156.png | Bin 0 -> 146 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char157.png | Bin 0 -> 146 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char160.png | Bin 0 -> 148 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char161.png | Bin 0 -> 146 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char162.png | Bin 0 -> 146 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char163.png | Bin 0 -> 147 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char164.png | Bin 0 -> 149 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char165.png | Bin 0 -> 147 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char166.png | Bin 0 -> 148 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char167.png | Bin 0 -> 148 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char170.png | Bin 0 -> 143 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char171.png | Bin 0 -> 174 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char172.png | Bin 0 -> 173 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char173.png | Bin 0 -> 164 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char174.png | Bin 0 -> 167 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char175.png | Bin 0 -> 171 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/char176.png | Bin 0 -> 148 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/contents.html | 416 +++++++++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/cover.png | Bin 0 -> 4036 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-1.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-2.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-3.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-4.html | 44 ++ DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-5.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-6.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-7.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-8.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-9.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure10-1.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure2-1.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-10.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-11.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-1a.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-1b.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-2.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-3.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-4.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-5.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-6.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-7.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-8.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-9.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure4-1.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure4-2.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure4-3.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-1.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-2.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-3.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-4.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-5.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-1.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-2.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-3.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-4.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-5.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-6.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-7.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-8.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-1.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-2.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-3.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-4.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-5.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-6.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure9-1.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure9-2.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figure9-3.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figurea-1.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figurec-1.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/figurec-2.html | 40 + DOCS/vt102-ug/index.html | 42 ++ DOCS/vt102-ug/introduction.html | 97 +++ DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/0.png | Bin 0 -> 155 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/2.png | Bin 0 -> 185 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/3.png | Bin 0 -> 180 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/4.png | Bin 0 -> 166 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/5.png | Bin 0 -> 179 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/6.png | Bin 0 -> 155 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/7.png | Bin 0 -> 165 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/8.png | Bin 0 -> 152 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/9.png | Bin 0 -> 159 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/a.png | Bin 0 -> 147 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/arrows.png | Bin 0 -> 240 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/arrowslr.png | Bin 0 -> 181 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/arrowsud.png | Bin 0 -> 186 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/backspace.png | Bin 0 -> 185 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/breakhereis.png | Bin 0 -> 239 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/c.png | Bin 0 -> 147 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/capslock.png | Bin 0 -> 179 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/ctrl.png | Bin 0 -> 147 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/d.png | Bin 0 -> 141 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/delete.png | Bin 0 -> 156 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/esc.png | Bin 0 -> 148 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/linefeed.png | Bin 0 -> 169 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/m.png | Bin 0 -> 145 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/noscroll.png | Bin 0 -> 171 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/p.png | Bin 0 -> 144 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/printenter.png | Bin 0 -> 197 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/r.png | Bin 0 -> 148 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/return1.png | Bin 0 -> 173 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/s.png | Bin 0 -> 147 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/setup.png | Bin 0 -> 158 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/shift1.png | Bin 0 -> 154 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/t.png | Bin 0 -> 137 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/tab.png | Bin 0 -> 150 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-1991.png | Bin 0 -> 19931 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-1993a.png | Bin 0 -> 22096 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c1.png | Bin 0 -> 4695 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c2.png | Bin 0 -> 4438 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c3.png | Bin 0 -> 4442 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c4.png | Bin 0 -> 4604 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c5.png | Bin 0 -> 4498 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c6.png | Bin 0 -> 4502 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-5765.png | Bin 0 -> 6157 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6644.png | Bin 0 -> 6421 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6645.png | Bin 0 -> 8142 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6653a.png | Bin 0 -> 11019 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6656.png | Bin 0 -> 6292 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6666a.png | Bin 0 -> 27470 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6667a.png | Bin 0 -> 16549 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6668.png | Bin 0 -> 16921 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6673b.png | Bin 0 -> 19568 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6673c.png | Bin 0 -> 20417 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6674a.png | Bin 0 -> 31784 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6675d.png | Bin 0 -> 12990 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6675e.png | Bin 0 -> 20054 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6675g.png | Bin 0 -> 22502 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6676a.png | Bin 0 -> 11706 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7256d.png | Bin 0 -> 26541 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7256g.png | Bin 0 -> 22202 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7418b.png | Bin 0 -> 34868 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7419b.png | Bin 0 -> 4980 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7776a.png | Bin 0 -> 10076 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7813a.png | Bin 0 -> 13886 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7813a1.png | Bin 0 -> 3698 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7815.png | Bin 0 -> 9172 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7816a.png | Bin 0 -> 15257 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7817a.png | Bin 0 -> 18952 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7867b.png | Bin 0 -> 14095 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7868b.png | Bin 0 -> 15429 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7868c.png | Bin 0 -> 15439 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-8074.png | Bin 0 -> 33485 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-8390.png | Bin 0 -> 13618 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-8391.png | Bin 0 -> 9170 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9361.png | Bin 0 -> 14346 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9362.png | Bin 0 -> 12787 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9363.png | Bin 0 -> 9407 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9364.png | Bin 0 -> 9793 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9499.png | Bin 0 -> 41762 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9499a.png | Bin 0 -> 42605 bytes DOCS/vt102-ug/table1-1.html | 81 ++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table3-1.html | 180 +++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table3-2.html | 288 +++++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table3-3.html | 84 +++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table3-4.html | 85 +++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table4-1.html | 85 +++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table4-2.html | 290 +++++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table4-3.html | 59 ++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table4-4.html | 229 ++++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-1.html | 782 +++++++++++++++++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-10.html | 170 +++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-11.html | 782 +++++++++++++++++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-12.html | 782 +++++++++++++++++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-13.html | 787 +++++++++++++++++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-14.html | 166 ++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-15.html | 237 ++++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-2.html | 159 ++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-3.html | 304 ++++++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-4.html | 271 +++++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-5.html | 64 ++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-6.html | 107 +++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-7.html | 132 ++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-8.html | 64 ++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-9.html | 72 ++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-1.html | 105 +++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-10.html | 145 ++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-11.html | 75 ++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-12.html | 264 +++++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-13.html | 91 +++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-14.html | 93 +++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-2.html | 66 ++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-3.html | 72 ++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-4.html | 72 ++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-5.html | 125 ++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-6.html | 154 ++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-7.html | 146 ++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-8.html | 165 ++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-9.html | 87 +++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table7-1.html | 98 +++ DOCS/vt102-ug/table9-1.html | 108 +++ DOCS/vt102-ug/tabled-1.html | 782 +++++++++++++++++++ DOCS/vt102-ug/vt100.net-logo.png | Bin 0 -> 447 bytes 227 files changed, 18376 insertions(+) create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixa.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixb.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixc.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixd.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixe.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/arrowdown.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/arrowleft.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/arrowright.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/arrowup.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/blocksmall.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter1.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter10.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter2.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter3.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter4.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter5.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter6.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter7.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter8.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter9.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char137.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char140.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char141.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char142.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char143.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char144.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char145.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char146.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char147.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char150.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char151.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char152.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char153.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char154.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char155.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char156.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char157.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char160.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char161.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char162.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char163.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char164.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char165.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char166.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char167.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char170.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char171.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char172.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char173.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char174.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char175.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/char176.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/contents.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/cover.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-1.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-2.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-3.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-4.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-5.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-6.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-7.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-8.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-9.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure10-1.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure2-1.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-10.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-11.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-1a.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-1b.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-2.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-3.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-4.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-5.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-6.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-7.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-8.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-9.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure4-1.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure4-2.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure4-3.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-1.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-2.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-3.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-4.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-5.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-1.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-2.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-3.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-4.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-5.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-6.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-7.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-8.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-1.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-2.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-3.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-4.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-5.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-6.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure9-1.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure9-2.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figure9-3.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figurea-1.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figurec-1.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/figurec-2.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/index.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/introduction.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/0.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/2.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/3.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/4.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/5.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/6.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/7.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/8.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/9.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/a.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/arrows.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/arrowslr.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/arrowsud.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/backspace.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/breakhereis.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/c.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/capslock.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/ctrl.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/d.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/delete.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/esc.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/linefeed.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/m.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/noscroll.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/p.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/printenter.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/r.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/return1.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/s.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/setup.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/shift1.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/t.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/tab.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-1991.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-1993a.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c1.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c2.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c3.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c4.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c5.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c6.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-5765.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6644.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6645.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6653a.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6656.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6666a.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6667a.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6668.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6673b.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6673c.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6674a.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6675d.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6675e.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6675g.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6676a.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7256d.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7256g.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7418b.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7419b.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7776a.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7813a.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7813a1.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7815.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7816a.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7817a.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7867b.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7868b.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7868c.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-8074.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-8390.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-8391.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9361.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9362.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9363.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9364.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9499.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9499a.png create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table1-1.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table3-1.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table3-2.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table3-3.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table3-4.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table4-1.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table4-2.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table4-3.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table4-4.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-1.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-10.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-11.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-12.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-13.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-14.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-15.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-2.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-3.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-4.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-5.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-6.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-7.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-8.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-9.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-1.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-10.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-11.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-12.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-13.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-14.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-2.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-3.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-4.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-5.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-6.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-7.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-8.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-9.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table7-1.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/table9-1.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/tabled-1.html create mode 100644 DOCS/vt102-ug/vt100.net-logo.png (limited to 'DOCS') diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixa.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixa.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a16688 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixa.html @@ -0,0 +1,444 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + +

A Specifications

+

General

+

This appendix lists the specifications of the VT102 terminal. Also included +are X-ray emission statements, loopback connector wiring and related +documentation not provided by DIGITAL.

+

VT102 Specifications

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Dimensions
Monitor
   Height36.83 cm (14.5 in)
   Width45.72 cm (18 in)
   Depth36.20 cm (14.25 in)
Keyboard
   Height8.89 cm (3.5 in)
   Width45.72 cm (18 in)
   Depth20.32 cm (8 in)
Minimum table depth51.4 cm (20.25 in)
Weight
OperatingTemperature: 10° C to 40° C (50° F to 104° F)
+Relative humidity: 10% to 90%
+Maximum wet bulb: 28° C (82° F)
+Minimum dew point: 2° C (36° F)
+Altitude: 2.4 km (8000 ft)
NonoperatingTemperature: -40° C to 66° C (-40° F to 151° F)
+Relative humidity: 0% to 95%
+Altitude: 9.1 km (30,000 ft)
Power
Line voltage99 to 128 Vac (115 V setting)
+198 to 256 Vac (230 V setting)
+87 to 107 Vac (100 V setting)
+222 to 268 Vac (250 V setting)
+Single phase, grounded, 3-wire
Line frequency47 to 63 Hz
Current0.70 Arms maximum at 115 Vrms
+0.40 Arms maximum at 220-240 Vrms
Input power70 Wrms or 85 VA apparent
Current limiting1.25 A fuse (120 Vac)
+0.75 A slow blow fuse (220-240 Vac)
Power cordDetachable, 3-conductor grounded
Power cord receptacleEIA specified CEE22-6A
Display
CRT12-inch diagonal measure, P4 phosphor
Format24 lines × 80 characters or 24 lines × 132 characters (selected from keyboard or computer)
Character7 × 10 dot matrix with descenders
Character size3.35 mm × 2.0 mm (0.132 in × 0.078 in) in 80-column mode
+3.35 mm × 1.3 mm (0.132 in × 0.051 in) in 132-column mode
Active display size203 mm × 127 mm (8 in × 5 in)
Character setASCII and UK displays 94 characters (with upper- and lowercase, numeric and punctuation), 32-character special graphics set
Cursor typeBlinking block character or blinking underline (selected from keyboard)
Keyboard
General83-key detachable unit with 1.9 m (6 ft) coiled cord attached
Key layout65-key arrangement and sculpturing similar to standard typewriter keyboard with an 18-key numeric keypad
Numeric keypad18-key numeric pad with period, comma, minus, enter, and four general-purpose function keys
Visual indicatorsSeven indicators: ON LINE, OFF LINE, KBD LOCKED, CTS, DSR, INSERT and one programmable indicator.
Audible signals
   KeyclickProvides audible feedback for each keystroke (selected from keyboard)
   Bell
    +
  • Sounds when BEL character received.
  • +
  • Sounds eight characters from right margin (selected from keyboard)
  • +
   Multiple bellSounds on error in SET-UP store or recall operation
Modem Communication
TypeFull-duplex with/without modem control, asymmetric full-duplex, half-duplex +supervisory and half-duplex with coded control
Speeds50, 75, 110 (two stop bits), 134.5, 150, 200, 300, 600, 1200, 1800, 2000, 2400, +3600, 4800, 9600, 19,200 baud (selected from keyboard)
CodeASCII (ISO 646 and CCITT Alphabet 5)
Character formatAsynchronous
Character size7 or 8 bits (selected from keyboard)
ParityEven, odd, mark, space or no space (selected from keyboard)
Buffer overflow preventionAutomatic generation of XON and XOFF control codes (selected from keyboard)
EchoLocal echo available (selected from keyboard)
Printer Communication
TypeFull-duplex
Speeds50, 75, 110 (two stop bits), 134.5, 150, 200, 300, 600, 1200, 1800, +2000, 2400, 3600, 4800, 9600, +19,200 (one stop bits) baud (selected from keyboard)
CodeASCII (ISO 646 and CCITT Alphabet 5)
Character formatAsynchronous
Character size7 or 8 bits (selected from keyboard)
ParityEven, odd, mark, space or no space (selected from keyboard)
Buffer overflow preventionAutomatic generation of XON and XOFF control codes
+

Composite Video Output (J9)
+The composite video output provides RS170 output with the following +nominal characteristics. See Figure A-1.

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Output impedance=75 ohms, dc-coupled
Sync level=0 V
Black level=approximately 0.3 V with 75-ohm load
White level=approximately 1.0 V with 75-ohm load
+

The composite sync waveform meets EIA RS170 standards.

+

The vertical interval is six equalizing pulses, six vertical sync pulses, and +six more equalizing pulses. The timing is as follows.

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Equalizing pulse width=2.3 µs ± 50 ns
Vertical pulse width=27.28 µs ± 200 ns
Horizontal pulse width=4.71 µs ± 50 ns
Horizontal blank width=11.84 µs ± 50 ns, 80 column mode
=12.34 µs ± 50 ns, 132 column mode
Front porch=1.54 µs ± 50 ns
+

FCC Notice

+

This equipment generates and uses radio frequency energy. It has been +type tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B computing +device in accordance with the specifications in Subset J of part 15 of FCC +rules, which are designed to provide reasonable protection against radio +and television interference in a residential installation. However, there is +no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If +this equipment does cause interference to radio or television reception, +the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference.

+

VDE Notice

+

RFI-suppressed according to German regulation 529/1970 and +227/1976 (VDE 0871 Class B).

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
X-Ray Emission Data
Rated anode voltage12 kV (fixed)
Dose rateLess than 1.43 pA/kg (20 uR/h)*
+* Measured at a distance of 5 cm at any accessible point from the outer surface.
Compliance with +
    +
  • CSA 22.2 #154-1975 Paragraph 4.1.4
  • +
  • CDA #65
  • +
  • UL 478
  • +
  • ECMA 57
  • +
    +
  • Paragraph 5, clause (2) of German X-ray ordinance (1973)
  • +
  • VDE 0804/5.72, para. 23
  • +
  • VDE 0730 part 2P/6.76, para. 33
  • +
  • VDE 0860 part 1/11.76, para. 6
  • +
  • IEC 65 public. 1/1972, para. 6
  • +
Workstation exposureDoes not expose operator to dangerous X-ray radiation.
+

Loopback Connector Wiring

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
FromTo
EIAPin 2Pins 3 and 15
Pin 4Pins 5 and 8
Pin 20Pins 6 and 22
Pin 19Pins 12 and 17
20 mAPin 1Pin 3
Pin 2Pin 7
Pin 5Pin 8
+

Related Documentation

+
+
ANSI specifications are available from:
+
Sales Department
+American National Standards Institute
+1430 Broadway
+New York, NY 10018
+
EIA specifications are available from:
+
Electronic Industries Association
+Engineering Department
+2001 Eye St. NW
+Washington, DC 20006
+
International standards are available from:
+
CCITT
+UN Book Store
+United Nations Building
+N.Y., N.Y. 10017
+
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixb.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixb.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b159ad8 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixb.html @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + +

B Set-Up Summary

+

General

+

This appendix provides a summary of the VT102 SET-UP features.

+

Summary

+

Figure B-1 shows the screen displays. Figure B-2 summarizes the SET-UP +B features.

+ + + + + + + +
Figure B-1a SET-UP A Display
+ + + + + + + +
Figure B-1b SET-UP B Display
+ + + + + + + +
Figure B-2 SET-UP B Summary
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixc.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixc.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..69c4823 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixc.html @@ -0,0 +1,1331 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + +

C Programming Summary

+

General

+

This appendix provides a summary of VT102 escape and control sequences.

+

Figure C-1 shows the codes generated by the standard keys. Figure C-2 +shows the control codes generated by the function keys; shaded keys do +not need CTRL down to generate the control character.

+

Programming Sequences

+

The rest of this appendix repeats the information on the VT102 Programming +Reference Card (EK-VT102-RC-001).

+

Control Characters Received

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameCharacter MnemonicOctal CodeFunction
NullNUL000Ignored when received (not stored in input buffer) and used as a fill character.
End of textETX003Can be selected as a half-duplex turnaround character.
End of transmissionEOT004Can be selected as a disconnect character or half-duplex turnaround character. When used as a turnaround +character, the disconnect character is DLE-EOT.
EnquireENQ005Transmits answerback message.
BellBEL007Generates bell tone.
BackspaceBS010Moves cursor to the left one character position; if cursor is at left margin, +no action occurs.
Horizontal tabHT011Moves cursor to next tab stop, or to right margin if there are no more tab stops.
LinefeedLF012Causes a linefeed or a new line operation. (See Linefeed/New Line mode). Also causes +printing if auto print operation selected.
Vertical tabVT013Processed as LF.
Form feedFF014Processed as LF. FF can also be selected as a half-duplex turnaround character.
Carriage returnCR015Moves cursor to left margin on current line. CR can also be selected as a half-duplex +turnaround character.
Shift outSO016Selects G1 character set designated by a select character set sequence.
Shift inSI017Selects G0 character set designated by a select character set sequence.
Device control 1DC1021Processed as XON. DC1 causes terminal to continue transmitting characters.
Device control 3DC3023Processed as XOFF. DC3 causes terminal to stop transmitting all characters except +XOFF and XON. DC3 can also be selected as a half-duplex turnaround character.
CancelCAN030If received during an escape or control sequence, cancels the sequence and displays +substitution character ([]).
SubstituteSUB032Processed as CAN.
EscapeESC033Processed as a sequence introducer.
+

ANSI Compatible Sequences

+

Set Mode

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameMnemonicModeSequence
Keyboard actionKAMLockedESC [ 2 h
Insertion-replacementIRMInsertESC [ 4 h
Send-receiveSRMOffESC [ 1 2 h
Linefeed/new lineLMNNew lineESC [ 2 0 h
Cursor keyDECCKMApplicationESC [ ? 1 h
ANSI/VT52DECANMANSIN/A
ColumnDECCOLM132 columnESC [ ? 3 h
ScrollingDECSCLMSmoothESC [ ? 4 h
ScreenDECSCNMReverseESC [ ? 5 h
OriginDECOMRelativeESC [ ? 6 h
Auto wrapDECAWMOnESC [ ? 7 h
Auto repeatDECARMOnESC [ ? 8 h
Print form feedDECPFFOnESC [ ? 1 8 h
Print extentDECPEXFull screenESC [ ? 1 9 h
+

Reset Mode

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameMnemonicModeSequence*
Keyboard actionKAMUnlockedESC [ 2 l
Insertion-replacementIRMReplaceESC [ 4 l
Send-receiveSRMOnESC [ 1 2 l
Linefeed/new lineLMNLinefeedESC [ 2 0 l
Cursor keyDECCKMCursorESC [ ? 1 l
ANSI/VT52DECANMVT52ESC [ ? 2 l
ColumnDECCOLM80 columnESC [ ? 3 l
ScrollingDECSCLMJumpESC [ ? 4 l
ScreenDECSCNMNormalESC [ ? 5 l
OriginDECOMAbsoluteESC [ ? 6 l
Auto wrapDECAWMOffESC [ ? 7 l
Auto repeatDECARMOffESC [ ? 8 l
Print form feedDECPFFOffESC [ ? 1 8 l
Print extentDECPEXScrolling regionESC [ ? 1 9 l
* The last character of the sequence is lowercase L (1548)
+

Cursor Key Codes Generated

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Cursor Key (Arrow)ANSI Characters Generated
Reset (Cursor)Set (Application)
UpESC [ AESC O A
DownESC [ BESC O B
RightESC [ CESC O C
LeftESC [ DESC O D
+

Keypad Character Selection

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameMnemonicSequence
AlternateDECKPAMESC =
NumericDECKPNMESC >
+

Keypad Codes Generated

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
KeyVT52 Numeric Keypad ModeVT52 Alternate Keypad ModeANSI Numeric Keypad ModeANSI Alternate Keypad Mode
00ESC ? p0ESC O p
11ESC ? q1ESC O q
22ESC ? r2ESC O r
33ESC ? s3ESC O s
44ESC ? t4ESC O t
55ESC ? u5ESC O u
66ESC ? v6ESC O v
77ESC ? w7ESC O w
88ESC ? x8ESC O x
99ESC ? y9ESC O y
- (minus)- (minus)ESC ? m- (minus)ESC O m
, (comma), (comma)ESC ? l*, (comma)ESC O l*
. (period). (period)ESC ? n. (period)ESC O n
ENTERSame as RETURNESC ? MSame as RETURNESC O M
PF1ESC PESC PESC O PESC O P
PF2ESC QESC QESC O QESC O Q
PF3ESC RESC RESC O RESC O R
PF4ESC SESC SESC O SESC O S
* The last character of the sequence is lowercase L (1548)
+

Select Character Sets SCS

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Character SetG0 DesignatorG1 Designator
United Kingdom (UK)ESC ( AESC ) A
United States (US)ESC ( BESC ) B
Special characters and line drawing setESC ( 0ESC ) 0
Alternate character ROMESC ( 1ESC ) 1
Alternate character ROM - special charactersESC ( 2ESC ) 2
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameMnemonicSequence
Single shift 2SS2ESC N
Single shift 3SS3ESC O
+

Character Attributes

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameMnemonicSequence
Select graphic rendition (no attributes)SGRESC [ m
Select graphic rendition (no attributes)SGRESC [ 0 m
Select graphic rendition (select attribute bold)SGRESC [ 1 m
Select graphic rendition (select attribute underline)SGRESC [ 4 m
Select graphic rendition (select attribute blink)SGRESC [ 5 m
Select graphic rendition (select attribute, reverse video)SGRESC [ 7 m
+

Scrolling Region

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameMnemonicSequence
Set top and bottom marginsDECSTBMESC [ Pt ; Pb r
+

Cursor Movement Commands

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameMnemonicSequence
Cursor upCUUESC [ Pn A
Cursor downCUDESC [ Pn B
Cursor forward (right)CUFESC [ Pn C
Cursor backward (left)CUBESC [ Pn D
Cursor positionCUPESC [ Pl ; Pc H
Cursor position (home)CUPESC [ H
Horizontal and vertical positionHVPESC [ Pl ; Pc f
Horizontal and vertical position (home)HVPESC [ f
IndexINDESC D
Reverse indexRIESC M
Next lineNELESC E
Save cursor (and attributes)DECSCESC 7
Restore cursor (and attributes)DECRCESC 8
+

Tab Stops

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameMnemonicSequence
Horizontal tab set (at current column)HTSESC H
Tabulation clear (at current column)TBCESC [ g
Tabulation clear (at current column)TBCESC [ 0 g
Tabulation clear (all tabs)TBCESC [ 3 g
+

Line Attributes

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameMnemonicSequence
Double-height top halfDECDHLESC # 3
Double-height bottom halfDECDHLESC # 4
Single-width single-heightDECSWLESC # 5
Double-width single-heightDECDWLESC # 6
+

Erasing

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameMnemonicSequence
Erase in line (cursor to end of line)ELESC [ K
Erase in line (cursor to end of line)ELESC [ 0 K
Erase in line (beginning of line to cursor)ELESC [ 1 K
Erase in line (entire line containing cursor)ELESC [ 2 K
Erase in display (cursor to end of screen)EDESC [ J
Erase in display (cursor to end of screen)EDESC [ 0 J
Erase in display (beginning of screen to cursor)EDESC [ 1 J
Erase in display (entire screen)EDESC [ 2 J
+

Editing Functions

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameMnemonicSequence
Delete characterDCHESC [ Pn P
Insert lineILESC [ Pn L
Delete lineDLESC [ Pn M
+

Print Commands

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameMnemonicSequence
Media copy (enter auto print)MCESC [ ? 5 i
Media copy (exit auto print)MCESC [ ? 4 i
Media copy (enter printer controller)MCESC [ 5 i
Media copy (exit printer controller)MCESC [ 4 i
Media copy (print screen)MCESC [ i
Media copy (print screen)MCESC [ 0 i
Media copy (print cursor line)MCESC [ ? 1 i
+

Reports

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameMnemonicSequence
Device status report (request status of VT102)DSRESC [ 5 n
Response:
    Terminal OKDSRESC [ 0 n
    Terminal not OKDSRESC [ 3 n
Device status report (request status of printer)DSRESC [ ? 1 5 n
Response:
    Printer readyDSRESC [ ? 1 0 n
    Printer not readyDSRESC [ ? 1 1 n
    No printerDSRESC [ ? 1 3 n
Device status report (report cursor position)DSRESC [ 6 n
Cursor position reportCPRESC [ Pl ; Pc R
Device attributes (what are you)DAESC [ c
Device attributes (what are you)DAESC [ 0 c
Identify terminal (what are you)DECIDESC Z

NOTE: ESC Z is not recommended.

Device attributes response: VT102DAESC [ ? 6 c
+

Reset

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameMnemonicSequence
Reset to initial stateRISESC c
+

Tests and adjustments

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameMnemonicSequence
Screen alignment display (fill screen with "Es")DECALNESC # 8
Invoke confidence test (power-up test)DECTSTESC [ 2 ; 1 y
Invoke confidence test (data loopback test; requires test connector)DECTSTESC [ 2 ; 2 y
Invoke confidence test (EIA modem control test; requires test connector)DECTSTESC [ 2 ; 4 y
Invoke confidence test (repeat power-up test continuously until failure or power-off)DECTSTESC [ 2 ; 9 y
Invoke confidence test (repeat data loopback test continuously until failure or power-off; requires test connector)DECTSTESC [ 2 ; 1 0 y
Invoke confidence test (repeat EIA test continuously until failure or power-off; requires test connector)DECTSTESC [ 2 ; 1 2 y
Invoke confidence test (printer port data loopback test; requires test connector)DECTSTESC [ 2 ; 1 6 y
Invoke confidence test (repeat printer port data loopback test continuously until failure or power-off; requires test connector)DECTSTESC [ 2 ; 2 4 y
+

Keyboard LEDs

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameMnemonicSequence
Load LEDs (L1 off)DECLLESC [ q
Load LEDs (L1 off)DECLLESC [ 0 q
Load LEDs (L1 on)DECLLESC [ 1 q
+

VT52 Compatible Mode

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ModesSequence
Enter ANSI modeESC <
+

Keypad Character Selection

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameSequence
Enter alternate keypad modeESC =
Exit alternate keypad mode (Numeric keypad mode)ESC >
+

NOTE: VT52 alternate keypad and numeric keypad mode different than ANSI.

+

Character Sets

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameSequence
Special graphics character setESC F*
Select US/UK character set (as determined by the US/UK character SET-UP feature)ESC G
* Same as special character and line drawing set in ANSI mode.
+

Cursor Position

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameSequence
Cursor up*ESC A
Cursor down*ESC B
Cursor right*ESC C
Cursor left*ESC D
Cursor to homeESC H
Direct cursor addressESC Y Pl Pc†
Reverse line feedESC I‡
* Same when sent from the terminal.
† Line and column numbers for direct cursor address are single character codes whose values are the desired number plus 378.
+Line and colum numbers start at one.
‡ The last character of the sequence is an uppercase i (1118).
+

Erasing

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameSequence
Erase to end of lineESC K
Erase to end of screenESC J
+

Print Commands

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameSequence
Enter auto print modeESC ^
Exit auto print modeESC _
Enter printer controller modeESC W
Exit printer controll modeESC X
Print screenESC ]
Print cursor lineESC V
+

Reports

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameSequence
Identify (what are you)ESC Z
Response: VT102 (same as VT52)ESC / Z
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixd.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixd.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..84b566d --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixd.html @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + +

D Control Functions (Sequence Formats)

+

General

+

This appendix summarizes the ANSI code extension techniques defined in +standards X3.41-1974 and X3.64-1979. Those specifications cover many +special cases and details not included here.

+

Control Functions

+

The ANSI standards define types of characters used for specific purposes. +You can determine a character's type by its position in the ASCII +table (Table D-1). There are two general categories of characters:

+ +

This table and the ANSI system can work for either a 7-bit or 8-bit character +environment. The VT102 uses only 7-bit characters.

+

NOTE: The ASCII 7-bit table corresponds to International Standards Organization +(ISO) standard 646 and International Telegraph and Telephone +Consultive Committee (CCITT) alphabet 5.

+

All control characters and groups of characters (sequences) not intended +for display on the screen are control functions. Not all control functions +perform an action in every ANSI device, but each device can recognize all +control functions and discard any that do not apply to it. Therefore, each +device performs a subset of the ANSI functions.

+

Because different devices use different subsets, compliance with ANSI +does not mean compatibility between devices. Compliance only means +that a particular function, if defined in the ANSI standard, is invoked by the +same control function in all devices. If an ANSI device does not perform +an action that has a control function defined in the ANSI standard, it cannot +use that control function for any other purpose.

+

Escape and Control Sequences

+

Escape and control sequences provide more controls in addition to the +control characters in the ASCII 7-bit table. These multiple-character control +sequences are not displayed but control the displaying, processing, +and transmission of characters. At the end of a sequence or during an +error condition, the terminal continues to display received characters. +See Error Recovery in Chapter 5 for specific error conditions.

+

Escape Sequences

+

The format for an escape sequence is as follows.

+
ESC           I.....I         F
+033           040-057         060-176
+
+Escape        Intermediate    Final
+sequence      characters      character
+introducer    (0 or more      (1 character)
+              characters)
+
+
Escape Sequence Introducer
+

This is the ESC character (octal 033) defined +by ANSI X3.4-1977. After receiving ESC, the terminal stores (but +does not display) all control characters received in the proper range.

+
Intermediate Characters
+

These are characters received after ESC in +the octal range of 040 - 057 (column 2 of the ASCII table). The terminal +stores intermediate characters as part of the control function.

+
Final Character
+

This is a character received after ESC in the octal +range of 060 - 176 (columns 3 - 7 of the ASCII table). The final character +indicates the end of the control function. The intermediate and final characters +together define the function of the sequence. The terminal then +performs the specified function and continues to display received characters. +ANSI standard control functions have a final character in the octal +range of 100 - 176 (columns 4 - 7 of the ASCII table). Private sequences +have a final character in the octal range of 060 - 077 (column 3 of the +ASCII table).

+
+

Example

+

Action: Designate ASCII character set as G0.

+

Sequence

+
ESC   (    B
+033  050  102
+ |    |    |
+ |    |    +------- Final Character
+ |    +------------ Intermediate Character
+ +----------------- Escape Sequence Introducer
+

Control Sequence Format

+

The format of a control sequence is as follows.

+
CSI           P.....P        I.....I         F
+033 133       060-077        040-057         100-176
+
+Control       Parameter      Intermediate    Final character
+sequence      characters     characters      (1 character)
+introducer    (0 or more     (0 or more
+              characters)    characters)
+
+
Control Sequence Introducer
+

The CSI is the ESC (octal 033) and [ (octal +133) characters defined by ANSI X3.41-1977. These characters provide +8-bit control functions by using 7-bit characters. The VT102 supports +only 7-bit characters. After receiving CSI characters, the terminal stores +(but does not display) all control characters received in the proper range.

+
Parameter Characters
+

These are characters received after the CSI +character, in the octal range of 060 - 077 (column 3 of the ASCII table). +The parameter characters modify the action or interpretation of the control +function. The terminal interprets parameter characters as private +when the < = > ? characters (octal 074 - 077) begin the paramter +string. The : character (octal 072) is reserved. This means an ANSI-specified +control sequence can have a parameter function with a private interpretation.

+

The terminal uses two types of parameter characters, numeric and selective. +A numeric parameter represents a decimal number, designated by +Pn. The decimal characters have a range of 0 - 9 (octal 060 - 071). A +selective parameter comes from a list of specified parameters, designated +by Ps.

+

If a control sequence includes more than one parameter, the parameters +are separated by a delimiter, the ; character (octal 073).

+
Intermediate Characters
+

These are characters received after the CSI +character, in the octal range of 040 - 057 (column 2 of the ASCII table). +The terminal stores these characters as part of the control function.

+

NOTE: The terminal does not use intermediate characters in control +functions.

+
Final Character
+

This is a character received after the CSI character, in +the octal range of 100 - 176 (columns 4 - 7 of the ASCII table). The final +character indicates the end of the control function. The intermediate and +final characters together define the function of the sequence. The terminal +then performs the specified function and continues to display received +characters. ANSI standard control functions have a final character in the +octal range of 100 - 157 (columns 4 - 6 of the ASCII table). Private sequences +have a final character in the octal range of 160 - 176 (column 7 +of the ASCII table).

+
+

Example

+

Action: Clear all horizontal tabs.

+

Sequence

+
ESC   [    3    g
+033  133  063  147
+ |    |    |    |
+ +--+-+    |    |
+    |      |    +----- Final Character
+    |      +---------- Parameter Character
+    +----------------- Control Sequence Introducer
+

Sequence Examples

+

These examples show the use of multiple functions selected in one sequence, +private parameters and private sequences.

+
ESC   [    ?    4    h          Set smooth scroll mode
+033  133  077  064  150         (? = ANSI private parameter)
+
+ESC   [    2    ;    1    y     Invoke self-test
+033  133  062  073  061  171    (y = ANSI private sequence)
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixe.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixe.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8560da1 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/appendixe.html @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + +

E VT102/VT100 Differences

+

General

+

This appendix describes the differences between the VT102 and VT100 +video terminals.

+

Differences

+

The VT102 is a bounded video terminal with no expansion or upgrade capabilities. +Therefore, the VT102 does not provide the following VT100 features.

+ + + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/arrowdown.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/arrowdown.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1564aa0 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/arrowdown.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/arrowleft.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/arrowleft.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ef7a7db Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/arrowleft.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/arrowright.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/arrowright.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..55c2320 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/arrowright.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/arrowup.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/arrowup.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e5578bd Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/arrowup.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/blocksmall.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/blocksmall.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..51983cf Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/blocksmall.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter1.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f27f293 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter1.html @@ -0,0 +1,385 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + +

1 Operating Information

+

General

+

This chapter provides an overview of how the VT102 video terminal operates. +The text describes all controls, indicators, and general operating +procedures. Detailed operating information depends on the computer and +its application software.

+

Terminal Operation

+

The terminal operates either on-line, off-line, or in SET-UP. You select on-line +and off-line in SET-UP. Chapter 3 describes SET-UP and provides information +about selecting on-line and off-line.

+

When the ON LINE indicator is on, the terminal can communicate with the +computer. When on-line, the terminal serves as both an input and output +device of the computer. Figure 1-1 shows a general block diagram of the +terminal while on-line.

+

As an input device, the terminal places keyboard-generated characters in +a keyboard character buffer. The characters are then taken from the buffer +and transmitted to the computer.

+

As an output device, the terminal places received characters in the input +character buffer for processing. When processing, the terminal removes +the received characters from the buffer and either displays or prints them.

+

When the OFF LINE indicator is on, the terminal cannot communicate with +the computer. Characters typed on the keyboard appear on the screen. +Figure 1-2 shows a general block diagram of the terminal while off-line.

+

An optional serial printer connects to the terminal's printer interface. +Therefore, you can produce printed copy without a separate communication +line and interface to the computer. The printer can print when the +terminal is on- or off-line.

+

Controls and Indicators

+

The terminal has five groups of controls and indicators: monitor controls, +communication switches, keyboard controls, visual indicators, and audible +indicators.

+

Monitor Controls

+

The terminal has two controls on the monitor backpanel, the voltage selection +switch and the power switch (Figure 1-3). The following paragraphs +describe these monitor controls.

+

Voltage Selection Switch

+

This switch allows the terminal to operate +with available ac input voltage range. If you change the switch position, +you must also change the fuse. The switch position and fuse are selected +when the terminal is installed. See Chapter 7 for more information about +installing the terminal.

+

CAUTION: You may damage the terminal if you set the voltage selection +switch to the wrong position and use the wrong fuse.

+

Power Switch

+

This switch controls ac power to the terminal. When ac +power is on, either the ON LINE or OFF LINE indicator is on. See Keyboard +Indicators in this chapter for more information.

+

Turn the terminal on (power up) by using the following procedure.

+
    +
  1. Turn the power switch to the on (1) position (Figure 1-3). The terminal +automatically runs a power-up self-test to verify terminal operation. +The test provides the following indications: + +

    If the test finds an error, the terminal provides one of the following +indications.

    +
  2. +
+

See Chapter 9 if the terminal does not power up correctly.

+

Internal Communication Switches

+

The terminal has two types of internal switches, communication switches +and 20 mA current loop option switches. The following paragraphs describe +these switches.

+

Communication Switches

+

These ten switches select the communication +lines used by the modem connector. The switches are set during +installation. See Chapter 7 for the selection procedure.

+

20 mA Current Loop Option Switches

+

The 20 mA current loop option +(VT1XX-CA) has two switches that select active or normal (passive) operation +for the transmitter and receiver. See Chapter 8 for more information +about the 20 mA current loop option.

+

Keyboard Controls

+

The terminal keyboard has a main keyboard and numeric keypad (Figure +1-4). The main keyboard looks and operates like a standard typewriter. +The numeric keypad allows rapid entry of numeric data or function characters +(used with some application software). The keys are divided into +four groups: standard keys, function keys, printing keys, and SET-UP +keys.

+

Standard Keys

+

Figure 1-5 identifies the standard typewriter and calculator +keys. The computer can select the numeric keypad to generate the +same characters as the main keyboard. The minus, comma, period, and +numeric keys on the keypad operate like the corresponding unshifted +keys on the keyboard.

+

SHIFT and CAPS LOCK modify standard key characters. They do not +modify numeric keypad characters. The following paragraphs describe SHIFT and CAPS LOCK. Chapter 4 describes all the characters generated +by the standard keys.

+

SHIFT
+When you hold down SHIFT, the standard keys on the main keyboard generate +uppercase characters. You can also use SHIFT with the function, +printing, and SET-UP keys. See the following paragraphs in this chapter +for more information.

+

CAPS LOCK
+This is a two-position locking key. If you lock down CAPS LOCK, the alphabetic +keys generate uppercase characters. If you release CAPS +LOCK, the alphabetic keys generate lowercase characters. CAPS LOCK +does not affect the function and numeric keypad keys.

+

NOTE: CAPS LOCK does not affect the numeric and special symbol +keys. Therefore, CAPS LOCK does not operate like the SHIFT LOCK of a +typewriter.

+

Function Keys

+

Figure 1-6 identifies the function keys. The computer +can also select the numeric keypad to generate function characters. The +application software or communication system define the use of function +keys. Chapter 4 describes all the characters generated by the function +keys. The following paragraphs provide a general description of each +function key.

+

NO SCROLL
+This key controls scrolling on the screen. Scrolling is the upward or downward +movement of existing lines on the screen to allow new lines to appear. +When you first press this key, scrolling stops and new characters +cannot appear. When pressed again, scrolling continues and new characters +can appear.

+

NOTE: NO SCROLL operates only in full-duplex communication with the +auto XON/XOFF SET-UP feature on. This key does not operate with the +auto XON/XOFF feature off or with half-duplex communication.

+

BREAK/HERE IS
+This key generates a break when the break enable SET-UP feature is on. +See Chapter 3 for more information about SET-UP features and Chapter 6 +for more information about break.

+

When you hold down SHIFT, BREAK generates a long break disconnect. +With some modems, a long break disconnect causes a communication +(phone) line disconnect. See Break in Chapter 6 for more information +about long break disconnects.

+

When you hold down CTRL, HERE IS transmits the answerback message. +The answerback message identifies the terminal to the computer. You enter +the answerback message in SET-UP. See Chapter 3 for more information +about the answerback SET-UP feature.

+

[Up] [Down] [Left] [Right] Cursor Control Keys
+These keys are defined by the application software. However, they usually +generate cursor control commands. The cursor is a screen indicator +showing the line and column where the next character will appear.

+

ESC
+This key generates the escape (ESC) control character, defined by the +application software.

+

TAB
+This key generates the tab (TAB) control character, defined by the application +software.

+

CTRL
+When you hold down CTRL, pressing another key may generate a control +character defined by the application software. Chapter 4 describes the +control character.

+

You can also use CTRL with the HERE IS and printing keys. See the description +of these keys in this chapter for more information.

+

BACK SPACE
+This key generates the back space (BS) control character, defined by the +application software.

+

DELETE
+This key generates the delete (DEL) control character, defined by the application +software.

+

RETURN
+This key generates either a carriage return, or carriage return and linefeed. +The linefeed/new line SET-UP feature selects the characters generated. +See Chapter 3 for more information about this feature.

+

When using half-duplex coded control (HDX B), RETURN may also automatically +generate a line turnaround character. Setting the auto turnaround +SET-UP feature selects automatic generation. Setting the turnaround/disconnect +character SET-UP feature selects the turnaround +character. See Chapter 3 for more information about these features.

+

LINE FEED
+This key generates the linefeed (LF) control character, defined by the application +software.

+

Printing Keys

+

Figure 1-7 identifies the keys that control printing. The +optional serial printer can print when the terminal is on- or off-line. The +following paragraph describes the (PRINT) key. See Chapter 2 for more +information about printing operations.

+

(PRINT)/ENTER
+This key works with CTRL and SHIFT to control printing. When you hold +down CTRL, (PRINT) turns the auto print (line-at-a-time printing) operation +on and off. When you hold down SHIFT, (PRINT) causes a print screen +operation.

+

SET-UP Keys

+

Figure 1-8 identifies the keys used in SET-UP. SET-UP +lets you select terminal features from the keyboard. SET-UP is divided +into SET-UP A and SET-UP B displays. Both displays show a summary of +feature selections. Chapter 3 provides both SET-UP feature descriptions +and step-by-step feature selection procedures. Read Chapter 3 before +using the SET-UP keys. The following paragraphs describe these keys.

+

SET-UP
+This key places the terminal in SET-UP. In SET-UP, you can change the +terminal SET-UP features.

+

[2] SET/CLEAR TAB
+In SET-UP A, this key sets or clears individual horizontal tab stops. +SET/CLEAR TAB does not operate in SET-UP B.

+

[3] CLEAR ALL TABS
+In SET-UP A, this key clears all horizontal tab stops, CLEAR ALL TABS +does not operate in SET-UP B.

+

[4] ON/OFF LINE
+In any SET-UP display, this key switches the terminal between on-line and +off-line. While on-line, the terminal can communicate with the computer. +While off-line, the terminal cannot communicate with the computer; keyboard +entries appear on the screen. The optional serial printer can print +when the terminal is on- or off-line.

+

[5] SETUP A/B
+In any SET-UP display, this key switches the terminal between SET-UP A +and SET-UP B.

+

[6] TOGGLE 1/0
+In SET-UP B, this key changes the feature selected by the cursor. +TOGGLE 1/0 does not operate in SET-UP A.

+

[7] TRANSMIT SPEED
+In SET-UP B, this key selects the transmit speed (baud rate) for either the +modem or printer interface. TRANSMIT SPEED does not operate in SET-UP +A.

+

[8] RECEIVE SPEED
+In SET-UP B, this key selects the receive speed (baud rate) for either the +modem or printer interface. RECEIVE SPEED does not operate in SET-UP +A.

+

[9] 80/132 COLUMNS
+In SET-UP A, this key selects the display line size (80 or 132 columns per +line). 80/132 COLUMNS does not operate in SET-UP B.

+

[0] RESET
+In any SET-UP display, this key starts the reset sequence. Pressing +RESET is the same as turning the power switch off and on.

+

[Up] [Down] Screen Brightness Keys
+In any SET-UP display, [Up] increases and [Down] decreases the screen brightness.

+

[Left] [Right] Modem/Printer Select Keys
+In any SET-UP display, [Left] and [Right] move the cursor left and right. In SET-UP +B, the arrow keys and SHIFT select either the modem or printer interface +features. When you hold down SHIFT, [Left] selects modem features and [Right] +selects printer features.

+

[A] Answerback
+In SET-UP B, SHIFT and A let you create the answerback message. Hold +down SHIFT and press A; then type the answerback message. You can +use any keyboard key. The terminal stores this identifying message for +transmission to the computer.

+

[C] Turnaround/Disconnect
+In SET-UP B, SHIFT and C select the turnaround/disconnect characters. +Hold down SHIFT and press C to select the turnaround character. This +character works in half-duplex communication with coded control turnaround +(HDX B). The disconnect character indicates the end of communication. +You must select the disconnect character enable SET-UP feature +to use the disconnect character.

+

[D] Default
+In any SET-UP display, SHIFT and D select the default SET-UP feature +settings. Hold down SHIFT and press D to select the default SET-UP feature +setting. Each SET-UP feature has a default feature setting. Chapter 3 +lists the actual default feature settings.

+

[M] Modem Control
+In SET-UP B, SHIFT and M select the type of communication used. Hold +down SHIFT and press M to select one of five types of communication. +There are three types of full-duplex and two types of half-duplex communication.

+

[P] Data/Parity Bits
+In SET-UP B, SHIFT and P select the data/parity bits feature for either the +modem or printer interface. Hold down SHIFT and press P to change the +number of data bits per character and type of parity selected.

+

[R] Recall
+In any SET-UP display, SHIFT and R perform a SET-UP feature recall. Hold +down SHIFT and press R to recall the SET-UP features stored in user +memory.

+

[S] Store
+In any SET-UP display, SHIFT and S perform a SET-UP feature store. Hold +down SHIFT and press S to store the SET-UP features in operating memory +into user memory.

+

[T] Tab Default
+In SET-UP A, SHIFT and T select a tab default. Hold down SHIFT and +press T to select a tab default. This clears all tab stops and sets a tab +stop every eighth character position.

+

Keyboard Indicators

+

The following paragraphs describe the function of each indicator shown in +Figure 1-9.

+

ON LINE
+This indicator is on when the terminal is on-line and can communicate with +the computer. Either ON LINE or OFF LINE is on when power is on.

+

NOTE: Depending on the type of communication selected, the terminal +may not communicate with the computer until a communication line connection +exists. See Chapter 6 for more information about communication +types.

+

OFF LINE
+This indicator is on when the terminal is off-line and cannot communicate +with the computer. When off-line, the terminal displays keyboard characters +on the screen. Either ON LINE or OFF LINE is on when the power is +on.

+

KBD LOCKED
+This indicator is on during a keyboard locked condition. This means the +keyboard character buffer is full and cannot accept more keyboard characters. +The keyboard character buffer holds keyboard characters until the +terminal transmits them to the computer (Figure 1-1). If KBD LOCKED is +on, keyboard characters are lost. If the keyclick SET-UP feature is on, +keys will not generate keyclicks.

+

NOTE: The terminal can receive characters from the computer during +the keyboard locked condition.

+

There are several causes for the keyboard locked condition (Table 1-1). +Each cause has a method to clear the keyboard locked condition. When +the condition clears, the terminal can transmit characters to the computer +and the KBD LOCKED indicator goes off. If the keyclick SET-UP feature is +on, keys will generate keyclicks.

+

CTS
+This indicator shows the on and off condition of the clear to send (CTS) or +secondary clear to send (SCTS) modem connector signals. The internal +communication switches select the connector signal used. See Chapter 6 +for more information about the communication signals and internal communication +switches.

+

NOTE: If the 20 mA current loop option (VT1XX-CA) is installed, the CTS +signal is not used.

+

DSR
+This indicator shows the on and off state of the data set ready (DSR) +modem connector signal. This signal is on when the local modem (connected +to the terminal) is ready to communicate. If the signal is off, the +modem cannot communicate.

+

NOTE: If the 20 mA current loop option (VT1XX-CA) is installed, the DSR +signal is not used.

+

INSERT
+This indicator shows when the terminal is in insert or replace mode. The +computer selects these modes. In insert mode, INSERT is on. The terminal +inserts new characters at the cursor position. Characters displayed to +the right of the cursor move to the right. Characters moved past the right +margin are lost.

+

In replace mode, INSERT is off. The terminal writes new characters over +the current display characters at the cursor position.

+

L1
+This indicator is turned on and off by the computer. Therefore, the application +software defines the meaning of L1.

+

Audible Indicators

+

There are three audible indicators: a keyclick, a bell tone, and a series of +bell tones. The following paragraphs describe these indicators.

+

Keyclick

+

A keyclick sounds when you press a key, with the following +exceptions.

+ +

Bell Tone

+

A bell tone sounds in each of the following cases.

+ +

Series of Bell Tones

+

A series of bell tones sounds to indicate a problem +in storing or recalling the SET-UP features in user memory. If the terminal +has a problem, it automatically uses the default SET-UP feature selections. +See Chapter 3 for more information about the SET-UP feature memories.

+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter10.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter10.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..99f0152 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter10.html @@ -0,0 +1,536 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + +

10 Accessories and Supplies

+

General

+

This chapter describes the accessories and supplies offered by DIGITAL +for the VT102. Part numbers and ordering information are included. Item +numbers in Figure 10-1 correspond to item numbers in the following table.

+

Accessories

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ItemPart NumberDescription
1VT1XX-FAGlass filter, gray, antiglare
1VT1XX-FBGlass filter, green, antiglare
1VT1XX-FCGlass filter, bronze, antiglare
1VT1XX-AEFormed plastic screen filter, gray, antiglare coating
1VT1XX-AWFormed plastic screen filter, green, antiglare coating
1VT1XX-AXFormed plastic screen filter, yellow, antiglare coating
1VT1XX-AYFormed plastic screen filter, amber, antiglare coating
1VT1XX-ARNonreflective filter screen
2VT1XX-STTerminal stand with casters
2VT1XX-SUTerminal stand with casters (lots of 25)
2VT1XX-SVTerminal stand with casters (lots of 50)
3VT1XX-SATilt/swivel base
417-00083-09United States power cord (120 Vac)
417-00083-10United States power cord (220-240 Vac)
417-00209-00United Kingdom power cord
417-00199-00Continental Europe (SCHUKO) power cord
417-00210-00Switzerland power cord
417-00198-00Australia power cord
417-00310-00Denmark power cord
490-00020-011.25 A fuse (115 or 100 Vac)
412-11237-000.75 A slow blow fuse (230 or 250 Vac)
5H9850-HKHeavy gauge vinyl dust cover, charcoal brown (2-cover set)
6LA12X-UPBlank keycap kit of 50, Keypad 0
6LA12X-UBBlank keycap kit of 50, Row 1*

* Row 1 is first row above space bar

6LA12X-UCBlank keycap kit of 50, Row 2
6LA12X-URBlank keycap kit of 50, Row 3
6LA12X-UABlank keycap kit of 50, Row 4
6LA12X-USBlank keycap kit of 50, Row 5
6LA12X-UDBlank keycap kit of 50, F & J type
6LA12X-UEBlank keycap kit of 50, SET-UP
6LA12X-UFBlank keycap kit of 50, TAB
6LA12X-UHBlank keycap kit of 50, CAPS LOCK
6LA12X-UJBlank keycap kit of 50, SHIFT
6LA12X-ULMain array blank keycap set
6LA12X-UMBlank keycap kit of 50, CR
6LA12X-UNBlank keycap kit of 50, ENTER
6LA12X-UTKeycap blank keycap set
7VT1XX-KAKED/EDT keycap overlay
7VT1XX-KBFMS-FED (form editor) keypad overlay
7VT1XX-KCFMS-FDV (form driver) keypad overlay
8VT1XX-CA20 mA current loop interface option with BC05F-15 cable
9DF01-AAcoustic telephone coupler, 300 baud
10DF02-AADirect connect, Bell 103J/212A equivalent, 300 baud full-duplex modem with EIA RS-232-C interface
10DF03-AADirect connect, Bell 103J/212A equivalent, 300/1200 baud full-duplex modem with EIA RS-232-C interface
1130-10958-02Accessory cable DF01-A couplers to terminals
12BC22A-10EIA RS-232 female - female shielded null modem cable, 3.0 m (10 ft)
12BC22A-25EIA RS-232 female - female shielded null modem cable, 7.6 m (25 ft)
12BC22B-10EIA RS-232 male - female shielded extension cable, 3.0 m (10 ft)
12BC22B-25EIA RS-232 male - female shielded extension cable, 7.6 m (25 ft)
12BC23A-10Kit of 5 BC22A-10
12BC23A-25Kit of 5 BC22A-25
12BC23B-10Kit of 5 BC22B-10
12BC23B-25Kit of 5 BC22B-25

NOTE: EIA RS-232-C specifies a maximum cable length of 15 m (50 ft). +EIA RS-423 specifies a maximum cable length of 61 m (200 ft).

12BC03M-A0Female - female null modem cable, 30.5 m (100 ft)
12BC03M-B5Female - female null modem cable, 76.2 m (200 ft)
12BC03M-E0Female - female null modem cable, 152.4 m (500 ft)
12BC03M-L0Female - female null modem cable, 304.8 m (1000 ft)
12BC05X-1520 mA current loop extension cable, 4.6 m (15 ft)
12BC05X-2520 mA current loop extension cable, 7.6 m (25 ft)
12BC05X-5020 mA current loop extension cable, 15.2 m (50 ft)
13H9850-DAAntistatic floor mat, DECmat, 122 cm × 183 cm (4 ft × 6 ft), driftwood color (brownish gray)
13H9850-DBAntistatic floor mat, DECmat, 122 cm × 183 cm (4 ft × 6 ft), summer earth color (brown/gold)
13H9850-DCAntistatic floor mat, DECmat, 91 cm × 305 cm (3 ft × 10 ft), silver birch color (silver gray/brown)
13H9850-DDAntistatic floor mat, DECmat, 91 cm × 305 cm (3 ft × 10 ft), autumn bronze color (orange/brown)
13H9850-DEAntistatic floor mat, DECmat, 91 cm × 305 cm (3 ft × 10 ft), driftwood color (brownish gray)
13H9850-DFAntistatic floor mat, DECmat, 122 cm × 183 cm (4 ft × 6 ft), silver birch color (silver gray/brown)
13H9850-DHAntistatic floor mat, DECmat, 122 cm × 183 cm (4 ft × 6 ft), autumn bronze color (orange/brown)
14H970-EBTerminal table, 68.6 cm high × 91.4 cm wide × 76.2 cm deep (27 in × 36 in × 30 in), with levelers
14H970-HBTerminal table, 68.6 cm high × 61.0 cm wide × 76.2 cm deep (27 in × 24 in × 30 in), with levelers
15H9532-AAWorkstation with blue front panel and gray side panels, levelers, 122 cm wide × 76.2 cm high × 76.2 cm deep (48 in × 30 in × 30 in)
15H9532-ABWorkstation with brown front panel and brown side panels, levelers, 122 cm wide × 76.2 cm high × 76.2 cm deep (48 in × 30 in × 30 in)
16H9850-APMedia mate, file or shelf storage cart with casters and locking drawer, 64.1 cm high × 38.1 cm deep × 47.0 cm wide (25.25 in × 15 in × 18.5 in)
+

Related DIGITAL Documentation

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ItemPart NumberDescription
17EK-VT102-UGVT102 User Guide. Describes the installation, +operation, and programming of the VT102. This +document is shipped with the terminal.
17EK-VT101-PSVT101 Series Pocket Service Guide. Describes +procedures used to troubleshoot and repair the +VT102 to the field replaceable unit.
17EK-VT101-TMVT101 Series Technical Manual. Describes +VT102 to a detailed block level. Provides +troubleshooting information for the terminal. +This manual does not contain detailed +schematic drawings. The VT101 Family Field +Maintenance Print Set has detailed schematic +drawings. It is ordered separately.
17EK-VT102-IPVT102 Video Terminal IPB. Provides a detailed +parts breakdown of the VT102 field replaceable +units. This document does not contain part +numbers for printed circuit boards components. +However, components are listed in the +VT101 Family Field Maintenance Print Set. It is +ordered separately.
17EK-VT102-RCVT102 Terminal Programming Reference Card. +Provides a summary of the VT101 escape and +control sequences on a pocket size reference +card.
18MP-01066VT101 Family Field Maintenance Print Set. +Provides a complete set of electrical and +mechanical schematic diagrams for the VT102 +terminal.
+

Alignment Templates

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Part NumberDescription
94-03220-3Screen alignment template
94-03246-3ACharacter width template
94-03246-3BCharacter height template
+

Data Loopback Test Connectors

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Part NumberDescription
12-15336-00EIA loopback connector
70-15503-0020 mA loopback connector
+

Spares Kit

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Part NumberDescription
4A-VT102-00VT102 spares kit
+

Ordering Information

+

[omitted]

+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter2.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter2.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5537987 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter2.html @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + +

2 Printing

+

General

+

The VT102 has a built-in serial printer interface that connects to an optional +serial printer. The terminal performs several print operations selected +from the keyboard and computer. This chapter describes the print +operations and how to select them from the keyboard. Chapter 5 describes +how the computer selects print operations.

+

Print Operations

+

The optional serial printer connects to the terminal printer interface (Figure +2-1). The terminal uses the printer interface signals to determine if a +printer is connected and ready to print. If a printer is not connected, the +terminal ignores requests for printing. If a printer is connected but unable +to print, print requests cause the terminal to wait for the print operation to +end. While the terminal is waiting, it cannot display new characters on the +screen. After the print operation ends, the terminal can display new characters.

+

NOTE: You can cancel print operations by entering and exiting SET-UP. +If you stop printing by entering and exiting SET-UP, you must move the +printhead to the left margin.

+

Printing uses four print operations: auto print (line at a time), print screen, +printer controller, and print cursor line. The computer can select all print +operations while the terminal is on-line. You can only select the auto print +and print screen operations from the keyboard; however, you can select +them while the terminal is on- or off-line. If the terminal is off-line, KBD +LOCKED comes on until printing ends.

+

A line of double-height, double-width characters prints as the same line +twice, using single-height, single-width characters. Double-width characters +print as single-width characters.

+

Auto Print (Line at a Time)

+

Auto print operation prints the current display line before the cursor +moves to the next line. The cursor moves when the terminal receives a +linefeed, form feed, or vertical tab character. (The terminal also transmits +this character to the printer at the end of the printed line).

+

If the auto wrap SET-UP feature is on, characters received when the cursor +is at the right margin automatically wrap to the next line. Before the +cursor moves to the next line, the current line prints. The auto wrapped +line ends with the carriage return and linefeed characters. Select auto +print by using the following procedure.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + +
ProcedureIndication/Comments
Hold down CTRL and press (PRINT) to turn on auto print.

No visual indication provided. However, current line prints before cursor moves to next +line. When selected, auto print operation continues until turned of.

+

To stop printing, enter and exit SET-UP. Current line does not print, but auto print stays on.

+

Turn off auto print by using the following procedure.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + +
ProcedureIndication/Comments
Hold down CTRL and press (PRINT) to turn off auto print.No visual indication provided.
+

Print Screen

+

Print screen prints a copy of the screen. The print extent SET-UP feature +selects the scrolling region or complete screen to print. The scrolling region +is the area of the screen between the top and bottom margins. The +computer selects the top and bottom margins. Select print screen by using +the following procedure.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + +
ProcedureIndication/Comments
Hold down SHIFT and press (PRINT) to select print screen.The printer prints characters displayed on screen.
+

Printer Controller

+

Printer controller gives the computer direct control of the printer. Characters +received from the computer do not appear on the screen; they go +directly to the printer.

+

NOTE: If you select print screen from the keyboard while printer controller +is selected, the screen display prints immediately.

+

Print Cursor Line

+

Print cursor line prints the current display line. The cursor position on the +screen does not change.

+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter3.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter3.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f0c7b7d --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter3.html @@ -0,0 +1,1133 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + +

3 SET-UP Features

+

General

+

SET-UP lets you select many VT102 features to configure the terminal for +specific applications. This chapter describes SET-UP and each of the +SET-UP features.

+

SET-UP

+

In SET-UP, you can select features at the keyboard. Current feature selections +appear on the screen. Two SET-UP displays show the features selections +- SET-UP A and SET-UP B (Figure 3-1). The first display (SET-UP +A) shows the location of the tab stops selected. A visual ruler numbers +each column. The second display (SET-UP B) shows the other SET-UP +features.

+

Selecting Features

+

You can select SET-UP features at the keyboard or with the computer. +When you select features at the keyboard, the terminal must be in SET-UP. +The terminal can enter SET-UP while on-line or off-line.

+

Entering SET-UP cancels print operations. If KBD LOCKED is on, the terminal +erases the keyboard buffer before transmission. Exiting SET-UP +turns off KBD LOCKED. Change the SET-UP feature selections by using +the following general procedure.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ProcedureIndication/Comments
Press SET-UP to enter SET-UP.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
Press SETUP A/B to select the correct SET-UP display.Terminal displays selected SET-UP display.
Change the SET-UP feature selection.SET-UP display shows feature selection.
Store the SET-UP features if desired.Terminal displays "Wait" and then SET-UP A.
Press SET-UP to exit SET-UP.Usually, characters displayed on screen before entering SET-UP are not lost. These characters reappear on screen +after exiting SET-UP.
+

Table 3-1 lists the SET-UP features that the computer can change. See +Chapter 5 for more information about how the computer selects features.

+

Feature Memories

+

The terminal stores SET-UP feature selections in three SET-UP feature +memories: operating (temporary), user, and default (Figure 3-2).

+

Operating Memory

+

This memory holds SET-UP feature selections that guide terminal operation. +You can select these features from either the keyboard or computer. +The SET-UP displays show the feature selections in this memory.

+

Operating memory features are replaced by user memory features during +a recall, reset, or power-up (terminal is first turned on). Change the feature +selections in operating memory by using the following procedure.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ProcedureIndication/Comments
Press SET-UP to enter SET-UP.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
Press SETUP A/B to select the correct SET-UP display.Terminal displays selected SET-UP display.
Change the SET-UP feature selection.SET-UP display shows feature selection.
Press SET-UP to exit SET-UP.Terminal operates according to new SET-UP feature selections in operating memory.
+

User Memory

+

This memory holds SET-UP feature selections that replace operating +memory features during a store, recall, reset, or power-up. User memory +in nonvolatile, so turning off the power does not affect SET-UP features. +When the terminal is on, you can move SET-UP features between operating +memory and user memory by using store, recall, and reset procedures.

+

Store

+

This procedure enters operating memory SET-UP feature selections +into user memory. You perform a store at the keyboard; the computer +does not have a store procedure. Store the SET-UP feature selections +in user memory by using the following procedure.

+

NOTE: The terminal does not check the modem interface during a store; +therefore received characters may be lost.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ProcedureIndication/Comments
Press SET-UP to enter SET-UP.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
Hold down SHIFT and press S to store features in user memory.Terminal displays Wait while storing feature selections in user memory, then displays SET-UP A.
Press SET-UP to exit SET-UP.Characters displayed before entering SET-UP reappear.
+

NOTE: Storing the SET-UP features in user memory, also stores the insertion-replacement +mode selection. However, you cannot select this mode at the keyboard.

+

Recall

+

This procedure enters user memory SET-UP feature selections +into operating memory. This erases previous features in operating +memory. Recall the SET-UP features from user memory into operating +memory by using the following procedure.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ProcedureIndication/Comments
Press SET-UP to enter SET-UP.The terminal displays SET-UP A.
Hold down SHIFT and press R to recall the features.Terminal erases screen and displays Wait while recalling feature selections from user memory. When features are +recalled, the terminal +
    +
  • Disconnects from communication line
  • +
  • Erases input and keyboard character buffers
  • +
  • Displays SET-UP A.
  • +
Press SET-UP to exit SET-UP.Characters displayed before entering SET-UP are lost. When exiting SET-UP, the screen is blank.
+

Reset

+

This procedure causes the terminal to perform a self-test and recall +the user memory feature selections. This erases previous feature selections +in operating memory. Reset the terminal by using the following +procedure.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ProcedureIndication/Comments
Press SET-UP to enter SET-UP.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
Press RESET to reset the terminal.When a reset is performed, the terminal +
    +
  • Disconnects from communication line
  • +
  • Erases input and keyboard character buffers
  • +
  • Performs power-up self-test
  • +
  • Performs an automatic recall and operates according to SET-UP feature selections in user memory
  • +
  • Automatically exits SET-UP. Characters displayed before entering SET-UP are lost; the screen is blank.
  • +
+

Default Memory

+

This memory holds default SET-UP feature selections for all SET-UP features. +Default SET-UP feature selections are typical feature selections +you cannot change. When a default occurs, operating memory SET-UP +feature selections change to default selections. There are two types of +default selections, general and tab default. A default does not change +SET-UP features in user memory. A default occurs when you select it or +when the terminal cannot read user memory.

+

General Default

+

This changes all SET-UP features in operating memory +to default memory selections. SET-UP A features are set to 80 columns +per line, with a tab stop every eighth column. SET-UP B default features +are shown in Figure 3-3. The terminal switches off-line and erases the answerback +message from operating memory. Select a general default by +using the following procedure.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ProcedureIndication/Comments
Press SET-UP to enter SET-UP.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
Hold down SHIFT and press D to select a general default.When a general default is selected, the terminal +
    +
  • Disconnects from communication line
  • +
  • Erases input and keyboard character buffers
  • +
  • Displays SET-UP A
  • +
  • Operates according to SET-UP feature selections in default memory.
  • +
Press SET-UP to exit SET-UP.Characters displayed before entering SET-UP are lost; the screen is blank.
+

Tab Default

+

This clears all terminal tab stop settings and sets a new tab +stop at every eighth column. Select a tab default by using the following procedure.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ProcedureIndication/Comments
Press SET-UP to exit SET-UP.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
Hold down SHIFT and press T to select a tab default.Tab stops are set every eighth character position in SET-UP A.
Press SET-UP to exit SET-UP.Characters displayed before entering SET-UP reappear.
+

Feature Types

+

SET-UP features change how the terminal operates. They allow you to +configure the terminal to operator preferences, and they provide compatibility +with the computer and ac power source. Table 3-2 divides the +SET-UP features into three types: operator preference, communication +compatibility, and installation.

+

Operator Preference Features

+

These features configure the terminal to operator preferences. They do +not affect information transferred between the terminal, computer, and +printer.

+

Communication Compatibility Features

+

These features configure the terminal for compatibility with a computer +and optional serial printer. There are many combinations of SET-UP features +used when communicating. An error in these selections may stop +communication or transfer incorrect information between the terminal, +computer, and printer.

+

NOTE: This chapter describes the SET-UP features used to provide +compatibility. See Chapter 6 for more information about using these SET-UP +features.

+

Installation Features

+

These features configure the terminal for operation in different installations. +If the terminal location changes, you must verify these feature selections.

+

Feature Descriptions

+

The following descriptions group SET-UP features by the SET-UP display +in which they appear. There are three types: general SET-UP features (in +any SET-UP display), SET-UP A features, and SET-UP B features.

+

Each section begins with a general procedure for changing each SET-UP +feature in that SET-UP display. Where needed, the SET-UP feature descriptions +provide more detail.

+

General SET-UP Features

+

You can change the on/off line and screen brightness SET-UP features in +any SET-UP display. Dedicated keys select these features. Each feature +description includes the specific procedure used to select the feature.

+

On/Off Line

+

This feature places the terminal either on-line or off-line +(Figure 3-4). While on-line, ON LINE is on and the terminal can communicate +with the computer. The terminal transmits keyboard entries to the +computer and displays characters received from the computer on the screen.

+

When switched off-line, the terminal disconnects from the communication +line and erases both the input and keyboard character buffers. While off-line, +OFF LINE is on and the terminal cannot communicate with the computer. +The terminal does not transmit keyboard entries, but displays them +on the screen. Select on-line or off-line by using the following procedure.

+

NOTE: When the disconnect character enable SET-UP feature is on, perform +a long break disconnect before switching the terminal off-line. See +Chapter 6 for more information about performing a long break disconnect.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ProcedureIndication/Comments
Press SET-UP to enter SET-UP.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
Press ON/OFF LINE to select on-line or off-line.ON LINE or OFF LINE comes on to show feature selection.
Press SET-UP to exit SET-UP.Characters displayed before entering SET-UP reappear.
+

Screen Brightness

+

This feature adjusts the screen brightness. Pressing +[Up] increases brightness and pressing [Down] decreases brightness. Adjust +screen brightness by using the following procedure.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ProcedureIndication/Comments
Press SET-UP to enter SET-UP.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
Press [Up] or [Down] to adjust brightness.SET-UP display increases or decreases brightness.
Press SET-UP to exit SET-UP.Characters displayed before entering SET-UP reappear.
+

SET-UP A Features

+

The SET-UP A display is similar to Figure 3-5. The display summarizes the +number of columns per line and tab stop feature selections. A ruler on the +bottom display line numbers each column position on a line. A T above the +ruler shows a tab stop. Dedicated keys select SET-UP A features. Each +feature description includes the specific procedure to select the feature.

+

Columns Per Line

+

This feature selects a display of either 80 or 132 columns +per line. The screen uses 24 display lines regardless of the columns +per line selection. The displayed lines are the same width, but the columns +are closer together when using 132 columns per line (Figure 3-6). +Select the number of columns per line by using the following procedure.

+

NOTE: When printing characters displayed on the screen, you must set +the horizontal margins of the printer wider than this feature selection.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ProcedureIndication/Comments
Press SET-UP to enter SET-UP.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
Press 80/132 COLUMNS to select the number of columns per line.The ruler on the bottom display shows feature selection.
Press SET-UP to exit SET-UP.

or

Characters displayed before entering SET-UP are lost; the screen is blank.
Press SETUP A/B to enter SET-UP B.Terminal displays SET-UP B.
+

Tab Stops

+

Tab stops are column positions selected on screen lines. +The cursor can tab (advance) to the column with the tab stop. You can +change tab stops one at a time, or clear all tabs stops and set them one +at a time.

+

SET/CLEAR TAB sets and clears each tab stop one at a time. CLEAR +ALL TABS clears all tab stops. A tab default sets a tab stop every eighth +column position. (See SET-UP Feature Memories in this chapter for more +information about tab default). Select the tab stops by using the following +procedure.

+

NOTE: When printing characters displayed on the screen, terminal and +printer tab stops are ignored. When using printer controller operation, +printer horizontal tab stops must match the computer.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ProcedureIndication/Comments
Press SET-UP to enter SET-UP.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
Press CLEAR ALL TABS. +

or

This clears all tabs.
Press SET/CLEAR TAB to select tab stops.This sets or clears the tab at the cursor position. You can move the +cursor by using [Left], [Right], RETURN, TAB, +or SPACE BAR.
Press SET-UP to exit SET-UP.

or

Characters displayed on the screen before entering SET-UP appear.
Press SETUP A/B to enter SET-UP B.Terminal displays SET-UP B.
+

SET-UP B Features

+

You can only enter SET-UP B from SET-UP A. The SET-UP B display is similar +to Figure 3-7. Figure 3-8 summarizes the SET-UP B display features. +The bottom display line shows groups of switches indicating the features +selected. Modem interface and printer interface features appear above +the switches.

+

Dedicated keys select the modem and printer interface features. Feature +descriptions provide selection procedures. SET-UP switches select all +other SET-UP B features. Change SET-UP feature switch selections by using +the following procedure.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ProcedureIndication/Comments
Press SET-UP to enter SET-UP.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
Press SETUP A/B to enter SET-UP B.Terminal displays SET-UP B.
Position the cursor over SET-UP feature switch to be changed.Move the cursor by using [Left], [Right], +RETURN, TAB, or SPACE BAR.
Press TOGGLE 1/0 to select the feature.Terminal displays the feature selection.
Press SET-UP to exit SET-UP.

or

Characters displayed before entering SET-UP reappear.
Press SETUP A/B to enter SET-UP A.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
+

The following paragraphs describe the features shown by the SET-UP +switches on the screen. Switches are referenced in order by group and +number. For example, switch 3-2 is the second switch from the left in the +third group. Following these features, the text describes the modem and +printer interface features. The answerback feature is the last feature described.

+

Scroll (Switch 1-1: 0 = Jump, 1 = Smooth)

+

Scrolling is the upward or +downward movement of existing lines on the screen. Scrolling makes +room for new lines at the bottom or top of the screen. There are two methods +of scrolling, jump scroll or smooth scroll.

+

Jump scroll displays new lines on the screen as fast as received. You +should select jump scroll when using half-duplex communication or full-duplex +communication without XON/XOFF support.

+

Smooth scroll limits the speed at which new lines can appear. Therefore, +the movement of lines occurs at a smooth, steady rate. This makes the +lines displayed on the screen easier to read.

+

Auto Repeat (Switch 1-2: 0 = Off, 1 = On)

+

This feature repeats a key +automatically, when you hold it down for more than one-half second. Keys +auto repeat at the rate of about 30 times per second. Auto repeat affects +all keyboard keys except SET-UP, ESC, RETURN, ENTER, NO SCROLL, +and CTRL with another key. When this feature is off, keys do not auto repeat.

+

Screen Background (Switch 1-3: 0 = Dark, 1 = Light)

+

This feature +determines the screen background (Figure 3-9). The dark setting selects +light characters on a dark background. The light setting (reverse screen) +selects dark characters on a light background.

+

Cursor (Switch 1-4: 0 = Underline, 1 = Block)

+

This feature provides a +choice between two cursor displays. The cursor indicates the active +screen position (where the next character will appear). The cursor is either +a blinking underline (_) or blinking block ([]).

+

Margin Bell (Switch 2-1: 0 = Off, 1 = On)

+

This feature generates a +bell tone when the cursor moves past the eighth character position from +the end of the line. The margin bell can turn on or off. Margin bell volume is +not adjustable.

+

NOTE: This feature works when typing text, as in a typewriter. It may +give unexpected results when performing other functions.

+

Keyclick (Switch 2-2: 0 = Off, 1 = On)

+

Keyclick is the sound generated +each time you press a key, except for SHIFT and CTRL. Keyclick +can turn on or off; however, operators usually prefer this feature on. +Keyclick volume is not adjustable.

+

Keyclicks do not sound during a keyboard locked condition (indicated by +KBD LOCKED). See Chapter 1 for more information about KBD LOCKED.

+

ANSI/VT52 (Switch 2-3: 0 = VT52, 1 = ANSI)

+

The terminal follows +two different standards for processing control functions, American +National Standards Institute (ANSI) and VT52 compatible. With ANSI, the +terminal generates and responds to control functions per ANSI standards +X3.41-1974 and X3.64-1979. With VT52 compatible, the terminal can operate +with previous DIGITAL software using the VT52 video terminal. See +Chapter 5 for more information about received characters and control +functions.

+

Auto XON/XOFF (FDX) (Switch 2-4: 0 = Off, 1 = On)

+

The terminal +places received characters (other than NUL) in an input character buffer. +The input buffer holds received characters until the terminal processes +them. After processing, the terminal sends the characters to the computer, +printer, or screen.

+

If the terminal receives characters faster than it can process them, the +input character buffer begins to fill. Also, entering SET-UP prevents the +terminal from taking characters from the input buffer; this fills the input buffer +and may cause the loss of characters. When the buffer is full, the terminal +loses received characters and displays the substitute character +([]).

+

In full-duplex communication, the auto XON/XOFF feature prevents the +loss of received characters. When the feature is on, the terminal transmits +XON and XOFF to indicate that the input character buffer is almost full or +empty. When this buffer is almost full, the terminal transmits XOFF (DC3). +The computer should stop transmitting characters.

+

As the terminal processes (removes) characters from the input character +buffer, the number of characters in the buffer decreases. When the input +buffer is almost empty, the terminal transmits XON (DC1) to allow the +computer to continue transmitting characters.

+

When this feature is off, the terminal ignores XON and XOFF when received. +NO SCROLL (which uses XON and XOFF) does not function.

+

NOTE: The printer interface uses XON and XOFF regardless of the auto +XON/XOFF selection.

+

When this feature is on, XON and XOFF control the keyboard character +buffer. After receiving XOFF, the terminal stops transmitting characters to +the computer. After receiving XON the terminal can transmit characters to +the computer.

+

US/UK Character Set (Switch 3-1: 0 = #, 1 = £)

+

This feature selects +either the United States or United Kingdom character set. The difference +between the two character sets is one character, the US # (number) or +UK £ (pound) symbol.

+

Auto Wrap (Switch 3-2: 0 = Off, 1 = On)

+

This feature selects where +the next received character will appear when the cursor is at the right +margin. When the feature is off, the terminal writes the character and all +following characters into the last column of the current line. When the feature +is on, the terminal automatically displays the character on the next +line.

+

Linefeed/New Line (Switch 3-3: 0 = Off, 1 = On)

+

This feature selects +the character(s) transmitted by RETURN and determines the action +taken by the terminal when receiving a linefeed.

+

When the feature is off, pressing RETURN generates a carriage return +(CR). A linefeed (LF) moves the cursor to the next line, maintaining the +current column position.

+

When the feature is on, pressing RETURN generates a carriage return +(CR) and linefeed (LF). A linefeed (LF) moves the cursor to the left margin +of the next line.

+

NOTE: The terminal processes form feed (FF) and vertical tab (VT) as +linefeed (LF).

+

Local Echo (Switch 3-4: 0 = Off, 1 = On)

+

When this feature is on, +every character transmitted to the computer automatically appears on the +screen (Figure 3-10). The computer does not have to transmit (echo) the +character back to the terminal for display. When the feature is off, the terminal +transmits characters only to the computer. The computer must +transmit them back to the terminal for display.

+

Print Termination Character (Switch 4-1: 0 = None, 1 = Form Feed)

+

When this feature is set to form feed, the terminal transmits a form feed +(FF) to the printer after a print screen operation. When the feature is set +to none, the terminal does not transmit the print termination character. +However, carriage return (CR) and linefeed (LF) are always transmitted +when printing ends.

+

Print Extent (Switch 4-2: 0 = S Reg, 1 = F Screen)

+

This feature selects +the characters printed during a print screen operation. When the +feature is set for full screen (F Screen), all characters on the screen print. +When the feature is set for scrolling region (S Reg), only the characters +located in the scrolling region print. The scrolling region is the screen +area between the top and bottom margins. The computer selects the margins. +If margins are not selected, all characters on the screen print.

+

One or Two Stop Bits (Switch 4-3: 0 = one, 1 = two)

+

This feature +selects the number of stop bits (one or two) used by the modem interface. +The number of stop bits used by the computer and terminal must be the +same. See Modem Serial Characters in Chapter 6 for more information +about asynchronous character format and the use of stop bits.

+

NOTE: This feature does not select the number of stop bits used by the +printer interface. The printer transmit/receive speed SET-UP feature +does.

+

Receive Parity (Switch 4-4: 0 = Ignore, 1 = Check)

+

This feature either +checks or ignores the parity bit of received characters. If the feature +is set to check, the terminal checks the parity bit selected by the parity +feature.

+

NOTE: The terminal can check received characters for odd or even parity, +but not for mark and space parity.

+

If a receive parity error occurs, the terminal displays the substitution character +([]) in place of the character with the error. When the feature is set +to ignore, the terminal ignores any parity bit received.

+

Break Enable (Switch 5-1: 0 = Off, 1 = On)

+

When this feature is on, +pressing BREAK transmits a break. When this feature is off, BREAK does +not operate when pressed alone. All other key sequences using BREAK +are not affected. See Break in Chapter 6 for more information.

+

Disconnect Character Enable (Switch 5-2: 0 = Off, 1 = On)

+

When +this feature is on, the terminal disconnects from the communication line +after receiving a disconnect character. The terminal also automatically +transmits a disconnect character after a long break disconnect. When the +feature is off, received control characters do not cause communication +line disconnects.

+

The turnaround/disconnect feature selects the disconnect character. +See Turnaround/Disconnect Character for more information about turnaround +characters.

+

Disconnect Delay (FDX) (Switch 5-3: 0 = UK, 1 = Other)

+

This feature +is only used when the modem control feature is set to full-duplex with +modem control (FDX B and FDX C). In these modes, the terminal disconnects +from the communication line after receive line signal detection +(RLSD) turns off. This feature selects the time period between loss of signal +and disconnection.

+

In the United Kingdom, the telephone system transmits a dial tone 0.06 +seconds after RLSD is lost. For most other installations, the system transmits +a dial tone after 2 seconds.

+

NOTE: In the United States, always set this feature for other (1).

+

Auto Answerback Enable (Switch 5-4: 0 = Off, 1 = On)

+

This feature +causes the terminal to automatically transmit the answerback message +after a communication line connection. In half-duplex communication with +the initial direction feature set to receive, the terminal cannot transmit the +answerback message until the line turns around. This feature does not affect +the transmission of the answerback message when using CTRL and +BREAK. See Answerback in this chapter for more information.

+

Initial Direction (HDX) (Switch 6-1: 0 = RCV, 1 = XMIT)

+

This feature +is only used when the modem control feature is set to half-duplex (HDX A +or HDX B). The feature determines if the terminal begins half-duplex communication +by receiving (RCV) or transmitting (XMIT).

+

Auto Turnaround (HDX) (Switch 6-2: 0 = Manual, 1 = Auto)

+

This feature +is only used when the modem control feature is set to half-duplex +coded control (HDX B). The feature causes the terminal to automatically +transmit the turnaround character (selected by the turnaround/disconnect +character feature) after:

+ +

NOTE: If the turnaround character is carriage return (CR), RETURN does +not generate two carriage returns.

+

When this feature is set for manual, you must use a CTRL key combination +to generate the turnaround character. See Chapter 4 when using +CTRL to generate control characters.

+

Reserved (Switch 6-3: Always = 0)

+

This feature is reserved for future +use. Do not change.

+

Reserved (Switch 6-4: Always = 0)

+

This feature is reserved for future +use. Do not change.

+

Power (Switch 7-1: 0 = 60 Hz, 1 = 50 Hz)

+

This feature is set to match +the power line frequency. You should set the feature to reduce screen +flicker.

+

WPS Terminal Keyboard (Switch 7-2: 0 = Off, 1 = On)

+

This feature +changes the position of the LINE FEED and \ (backslash) keys when the +VT102 operates as a word processing terminal. Otherwise, this feature is +off (0).

+

Clock (Switch 7-3: Always = 1)

+

This feature selects the modem clock. +Do not change this selection, or the terminal cannot communicate with +the computer.

+

Reserved (Switch 7-4: Always = 0)

+

This feature is reserved for future +use. Do not change.

+

Modem Data/Parity Bits

+

This feature selects two separate but related +communication features, data bits per character and parity. You can set +data bits per character to seven or eight data bits. When you select eight bits, +the terminal sets the eighth data bit to a space (or 0) for transmitted characters +and ignores the eighth bit of received characters.

+

Parity selects the type of parity bit the terminal generates when transmitting +or receiving characters. To check the parity of received characters, +set the receive parity feature to check. When you use received parity, +set the parity feature to odd or even. The terminal cannot check mark +and space parity.

+

If you select no parity, the terminal omits the parity bit in transmitted characters +and ignores it in received characters. Table 3-3 lists the possible +data bits per character/parity combinations. Set the modem data/parity +bits feature by using the following procedure.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ProcedureIndication/Comments
Press SET-UP to enter SET-UP.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
Press SETUP A/B to enter SET-UP B.Terminal displays SET-UP B. Entering SET-UP B automatically selects the modem features.
If the modem features are not selected, hold down SHIFT and press [Left].Modem features appear in reverse video when selected.
Hold down SHIFT and press P to select the feature.Each time you press this key combination, the terminal selects another data bits per character/parity combination.
Press SET-UP to exit SET-UP.

or

Characters displayed before entering SET-UP reappear.
Press SETUP A/B to enter SET-UP A.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
+

Modem Transmit Speed

+

This feature selects the terminal speed (baud +rate) for characters transmitted to the computer. Set the feature to match +the computer receive speed. The terminal transmits characters at any +one of the following speeds: 50, 75, 110, 134.5, 150, 200, 300, 600, 1200, +1800, 2000, 2400, 3600, 4800, 9600, and 19,200 baud. The terminal's +transmit and receive speeds are not unrelated. It can transmit characters +at one speed and receive characters at a different speed. Select the +modem transmit speed by using the following procedure.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ProcedureIndication/Comments
Press SET-UP to enter SET-UP.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
Press SETUP A/B to enter SET-UP B.Terminal displays SET-UP B.
If the modem features are not selected, hold down SHIFT and press [Left].Modem features appear in reverse video when selected.
Press TRANSMIT SPEED to select the transmit speed.The terminal displays the current feature selection.
Press SET-UP to exit SET-UP.

or

Characters displayed before entering SET-UP reappear.
Press SETUP A/B to enter SET-UP A.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
+

Modem Receive Speed

+

This feature selects the terminal speed (baud +rate) for received characters. Set the feature to match the computer +transmit speed. The terminal receives characters at any one of the following +speeds: 50, 75, 110, 134.5, 150, 200, 300, 600, 1200, 1800, 2000, +2400, 3600, 4800, 9600, and 19,200 baud. The terminal's receive and +transmit speeds are unrelated. It can receive characters at one speed +and transmit characters at a different speed. Select the modem receive +speed by using the following procedure.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ProcedureIndication/Comments
Press SET-UP to enter SET-UP.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
Press SETUP A/B to enter SET-UP B.Terminal displays SET-UP B.
If the modem features are not selected, hold down SHIFT and press [Left].Modem features appear in reverse video when selected.
Press RECEIVE SPEED to select the receive speed.Terminal displays current feature selection.
Press SET-UP to exit SET-UP.

or

Characters displayed before entering SET-UP reappear.
Press SETUP A/B to enter SET-UP A.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
+

Modem Control

+

This feature selects half- or full-duplex communication +with the computer. Set the feature to match the computer's communication +type. The modem control feature selections are as follows. See +Chapter 6 for more information.

+ +

Select the modem control feature by using the following procedure.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ProcedureIndication/Comments
Press SET-UP to enter SET-UP.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
Press SETUP A/B to enter SET-UP B.Terminal displays SET-UP B.
If the modem features are not selected, hold down SHIFT and press [Left].Modem features appear in reverse video when selected.
Hold down SHIFT and press M to select the feature.Each time you press this key combination, the terminal displays another modem protocol selection.
Press SET-UP to exit SET-UP.

or

Characters displayed before entering SET-UP reappear.
Press SETUP A/B to enter SET-UP A.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
+

Turnaround/Disconnect Character

+

This feature selects both a turnaround +and disconnect character. When you set the modem control feature +to half-duplex coded control (HDX B), you must select a turnaround +character. This feature also selects a disconnect character used with all +half- or full-duplex modem control feature selections. Table 3-4 lists the +possible turnaround/disconnect character combinations. Select the turnaround/disconnect +character by using the following procedure.

+

NOTE: The CR and DC3 control characters are not recommended as +turnaround characters. You cannot use these characters as turnaround +characters in ANSI X3.4-1977. Also, you should only select DC3 when the +auto XON/XOFF feature is off.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ProcedureIndication/Comments
Press SET-UP to enter SET-UP.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
Press SETUP A/B to enter SET-UP B.Terminal displays SET-UP B.
If the modem features are not selected, hold down SHIFT and press [Left].Modem features appear in reverse video when selected.
Hold down SHIFT and press C to select the feature.Each time you press this key combination, the terminal selects another turnaround and disconnect character selection.
Press SET-UP to exit SET-UP.

or

Characters displayed before entering SET-UP reappear.
Press SETUP A/B to enter SET-UP A.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
+

Printer Data/Parity Bits

+

This feature selects two separate but related +communication features, data bits per character and parity. The feature +operates the same as the modem data/parity bits feature, but uses the +printer interface.

+

NOTE: The serial printer should not transmit characters to the terminal. +However, the terminal can use XON and XOFF from the printer to prevent +printer input buffer overflows.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ProcedureIndication/Comments
Press SET-UP to enter SET-UP.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
Press SETUP A/B to enter SET-UP B.Terminal displays SET-UP B. Entering SET-UP B automatically selects the modem features.
If the printer features are not selected, hold down SHIFT and press [Right].The printer features appear in reverse video when selected.
Hold down SHIFT and press P to select the feature.Each time you press this key combination, the terminal selects another data bits per character/parity combination.
Press SET-UP to exit SET-UP.

or

Characters displayed before entering SET-UP reappear.
Press SETUP A/B to enter SET-UP A.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
+

Printer Transmit/Receive Speed

+

This feature selects the terminal +speed (baud rate) for transmitting and receiving characters from the printer. +The receive and transmit speeds of the printer interface are always the +same (different receive and transmit speeds are not provided). Set feature +to match the printer transmit and receive speeds. The printer interface +uses one of the following receive/transmit speeds: 50, 75, 110, +134.5, 150, 200, 300, 600, 1200, 1800, 2000, 2400, 3600, 4800, 9600, +and 19,200 baud. The printer interface uses one stop bit per character for +speeds greater than 110, and two stop bits per character for 110 or less. +Select the printer interface receive/transmit speeds by using the following +procedure.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ProcedureIndication/Comments
Press SET-UP to enter SET-UP.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
Press SETUP A/B to enter SET-UP B.Terminal displays SET-UP B. Entering SET-UP B automatically selects the modem features.
If the printer features are not selected, hold down SHIFT and press [Right].Printer features appear in reverse video when selected.
Press either TRANSMIT or RECEIVE SPEED to select the speed.SET-UP display shows feature selection. You can use either key to select baud rate.
Press SET-UP to exit SET-UP.

or

Characters displayed before entering SET-UP reappear.
Press SETUP A/B to enter SET-UP A.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
+

Answerback

+

This feature lets you store a 20-character identifying message +that the terminal transmits to the computer under the following conditions.

+ +

Enter the answerback message by using the following procedure.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ProcedureIndication/Comments
Press SET-UP to enter SET-UP.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
Press SETUP A/B to enter SET-UP B.Terminal displays SET-UP B.
Hold down SHIFT and press A.Terminal displays A =
(Figure 3-11).
Type the message delimiter character.This can be any character not used in the answerback message. The terminal does not transmit the message delimiter character as part of the answerback message.
Type the answerback message.

The answerback message can include up to 20 characters. If you use control characters, they appear as (<>) character.

+

If you make a mistake while typing the message, type the delimiter character already used and return to the third step of this procedure. This is the only way to correct errors in the answerback message.

If the message is less than 20 characters, type the delimiter character.

If you type 20 characters, the message automatically enters operating memory. Otherwise, type the delimiter character to enter the message into operating memory.

+

You can enter the answerback message into user memory by performing a store.

Press SET-UP to exit SET-UP.

or

Characters displayed before entering SET-UP reappear.
Press SETUP A/B to enter SET-UP A.Terminal displays SET-UP A.
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter4.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter4.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e11138d --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter4.html @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + +

4 Transmitted Characters

+

General

+

This chapter describes the characters generated by the VT102 keyboard. +The keys are divided into three groups: standard keys, function keys, and +numeric keypad keys.

+

Standard Keys

+

The keyboard generates American Standard Code for Information Interchange +(ASCII) characters. The standard keys (Figure 4-1) generate +lowercase ASCII characters when neither SHIFT or CAPS LOCK are +down. These keys generate uppercase ASCII characters when either SHIFT or CAPS LOCK key are down. CAPS LOCK does not affect the +nonalphabetic keys.

+

Function Keys

+

The function keys (Figure 4-2) generate characters defined by the computer +software or communication system. The following paragraphs describe +the function keys.

+

BREAK/HERE IS

+

This key generates a break defined by the computer system when the +break enable feature is on. This feature does not affect other key sequences +using BREAK.

+

Hold down SHIFT and press BREAK to generate a long break disconnect. +A long break disconnect usually disconnects the terminal from the communication +line. See Break in Chapter 6 for more information about breaks +and long break disconnects.

+

Hold down CTRL and press HERE IS to transmit the answerback message. +See Chapter 3 for more information about the answerback feature.

+

Cursor Control Keys

+

In ANSI mode, with alternate (application) keypad mode selected, the cursor +keys generate either application or cursor control sequences. Cursor +key mode selects the type of sequence.

+

With numeric keypad mode selected, the cursor keys generate ANSI cursor +commands. The computer selects both cursor key mode and keypad +mode. See Cursor Key Character Selection in Chapter 5 for more information.

+

In VT52 mode, the cursor keys only generate VT52 cursor control sequences. +Table 4-1 lists the ANSI and VT52 compatible cursor key characters.

+

Control Character Keys

+

Figure 4-3 shows the keys that generate control characters. You can generate +control characters in two ways.

+ +

Table 4-2 lists the control characters generated by the keyboard. Different +computer systems may use each control character differently.

+

NOTE: The VT102 generates some control characters differently than +previous DIGITAL terminals. Table 4-3 lists the changes.

+

Numeric Keypad Keys

+

These keys generate characters selected by the ANSI/VT52 feature and +alternate (application) keypad mode. The computer selects application +keypad mode. See Keypad Character Selection in Chapter 5 for more information.

+

In numeric keypad mode, the numeric keypad generates the numeric, +comma, period, and minus sign characters used by the main keyboard. In +application keypad mode, the numeric keypad generates control functions. +Table 4-4 lists the characters generated by the numeric keypad.

+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter5.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter5.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea937b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter5.html @@ -0,0 +1,1148 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + +

5 Received Character Processing

+

General

+

This chapter describes how the VT102 processes received characters. +There are two types of received characters, display characters and control +functions. The chapter covers all display characters and control functions +used by the terminal.

+

Received Characters

+

The terminal processes characters according to American National +Standards Institute (ANSI) standards X3.64-1979, X3.4-1977, and X3.41-1974. +ANSI standard X3.4 defines the American Standard Code for Information +Interchange (ASCII). Table 5-1 shows each ASCII character with its +binary, octal, decimal, and hexadecimal values. ASCII corresponds to the +International Standards Organization (ISO) Standard 646 and International +Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee (CCITT) Alphabet +5.

+

The terminal processes a received character based on character types +defined by ANSI. Position in the ASCII table tells you whether a character +is a control function or display character. The ASCII table is 8 columns +wide and 16 rows long. The control functions are in columns 0 and 1. The +display characters are in columns 2 through 7. However, the terminal +uses space (SP) as either an information separator control function or +display character. Delete (DEL) is always a control function.

+

Display Characters

+

Display characters are received characters displayed on the screen. The +actual character displayed depends on the character set selected. You +select the character set by using control functions. See Character Sets +and Selection in this chapter for more information.

+

Control Characters

+

These single-character control functions start, modify, or stop terminal +operations; the control functions are not displayed. Table 5-2 defines the +control characters recognized by the terminal. All other control characters +are ignored.

+

Each control character in this chapter has a mnemonic, listed in Table 5-2. +The mnemonic is an abbreviation of the control character name.

+

Escape and Control Sequences

+

Escape and control sequences provide additional control functions not +provided by the single-character controls of the character set. These multiple-character +sequences are not displayed; instead, they control terminal +operation. Escape and control sequences are defined by ANSI X3.41-1977 +and X3.64-1979. See Appendix D for more information about sequences +and sequence formats.

+

The terminal provides upward and downward software compatibility. It can +respond to control functions created to meet private DIGITAL standards +and present ANSI standards. Therefore, you can use existing software designed +for previous terminals (such as the VT52), or new software designed +for ANSI standards. However, future video terminals may not accept +private DIGITAL sequences. Therefore, all new software should use +ANSI-compatible sequences.

+

The terminal uses VT52 mode to respond to private DIGITAL sequences +like a VT52 terminal.

+

The terminal uses ANSI mode to respond to a subset of control functions +specified by ANSI. All control functions not presently specified by ANSI +are created to comply with the extensions permitted by ANSI standards. +These sequences are considered ANSI private sequences.

+

The ANSI-compatible control functions in this user guide have a mnemonic +assigned by ANSI. If the control function is an ANSI private control function +(defined by DIGITAL), the mnemonic begins with DEC. The escape +and control sequences shown here use ASCII characters. You must type +the characters in the sequences exactly as shown (upper or lowercase). +The text provides the octal equivalent of each character in the sequence +as a second reference. See Table 5-1 for decimal and hexadecimal representations.

+

The following section groups sequences by software compatibility (ANSI +or VT52) and function (Table 5-3). Appendix C summarizes all control +functions.

+

Error Recovery

+

Current standards do not specify the action performed when the terminal +receives a control function with an error. Errors are incorrect parameters, +invalid control functions, or control characters embedded in control function +sequences. The terminal usually recovers from these errors by performing +as much of the function as possible. The specific error recovery +procedures are as follows.

+ +

ANSI-Compatible Sequences

+

ANSI-compatible sequences meet ANSI standards X3.64-1979 and X3.41-1974. +This section describes the ANSI control functions used by the terminal. +You can select ANSI compatibility from the keyboard in SET-UP +(Chapter 3) or have the computer use a sequence. (See VT52-Compatible +Sequences in this chapter).

+

SET-UP Feature and Mode Selection

+

SET-UP features change how the +terminal operates. You can select these features from the keyboard in +SET-UP. The computer can select some SET-UP features by using control +functions. However, features selected by the computer are stored in operating +memory. The computer cannot store feature selections in user memory. +(See Chapter 3 for more information about SET-UP feature memories).

+

Some SET-UP features are modes. A mode affects terminal operation. +The terminal uses the selected mode until you or the computer change +the selection. Table 5-4 lists SET-UP features and modes. The computer +changes modes by using set mode (SM) and reset mode (RM) sequences. +Set and reset the terminal modes by using the following sequences.

+

NOTE: Ps represents a variable parameter selected from a list of parameters. +A series of asterisks (***) represent the parameter in the octal sequence. +The parameter is transmitted using ASCII characters. When you +set several modes with a single SM or RM sequence, a semicolon (;, octal +073) separates parameters.

+

Set Mode

+
ESC  [  Ps   ;  ...  ;  Ps   h
+033 133 *** 073     073 *** 150
+

Sets one or more modes specified by selective parameters (Ps) in the parameter +string.

+

Reset Mode (RM)

+
ESC  [  Ps   ;  ...  ;  Ps   l
+033 133 *** 073     073 *** 154
+

Resets one or more modes specified by selective parameters (Ps) in the +parameter string.

+

Table 5-5 lists the ANSI-specified modes and their selective parameters +(Ps). Table 5-6 lists the ANSI-compatible private modes and their selective +parameters. When you change ANSI-compatible private modes, the +first character in the parameter string is a question mark (?, octal 077). All +parameters in the sequence are interpreted as ANSI compatible private +parameters. This chapter explains each mode in detail and provides the +sequences to set and reset each mode.

+

The following example shows the use of the question mark (used with +ANSI private parameters) and semicolon (used with multiple parameters). +The sequence sets both column and scroll modes.

+
ESC  [   ?   3   ;   4   h
+033 133 077 063 073 064 150
+

Table 5-7 describes modes specified in ANSI X3.64-1979 that are permanently +set, permanently reset, or not applicable. See the ANSI standard +for more information about these modes.

+

ANSI/VT52 Compatibility

+

The terminal is compatible with both ANSI +and private DIGITAL standards. Therefore, you can use new software that +meets both ANSI standards, and existing software designed for previous +terminals (such as the VT52).

+

ANSI-compatible sequences meet ANSI standards X3.64-1979 and X3.41-1974. +You select ANSI compatibility by using the ANSI/VT52 mode (DECANM) +sequence in VT52 mode. See VT52-Compatible Sequences in this +chapter for details on selecting ANSI sequence compatibility. In ANSI +mode, the following sequence selects compatibility with private DIGITAL +sequences (VT52 mode).

+

Features and modes selected in ANSI mode are also used in VT52 mode. +However, these features and modes usually cannot change in VT52 +mode.

+

VT52 Mode (DECANM)

+
ESC  [   ?   2   l
+033 133 077 062 154
+

In ANSI mode, reset selects private DIGITAL sequence compatibility. In +VT52 mode, the terminal responds like a VT52 to private DIGITAL sequences.

+

Scrolling

+

Scrolling is the upward or downward movement of existing +lines on the screen. This makes room for more display lines at either the +top or bottom of the scrolling region. There are two methods of scrolling, +jump scroll and smooth scroll. Select the type of scrolling by using the +following sequences.

+

NOTE: In full-duplex communication, the auto XON/XOFF SET-UP feature +prevents the loss of received characters when using smooth scroll. If +auto XON/XOFF is not used, fill characters are needed.

+

Scroll Mode (DECSCLM)

+
ESC  [   ?   4   h
+033 133 077 064 150
+

Set selects smooth scroll. Smooth scroll lets the terminal add 6 lines per +second to screen (power feature = 60 Hz), or 5 lines per second (power +feature = 50 Hz).

+
ESC  [   ?   4   l
+033 133 077 064 154
+

Reset selects jump scroll. Jump scroll lets the terminal add lines to the +screen as fast as possible.

+

Scrolling Region

+

This region is the area of the screen between the top +and bottom margins. The margins determine which screen lines move during +scrolling. Characters added outside the scrolling region do not cause +the screen to scroll. The minimum size of the scrolling region is two lines. +Therefore, the line number of the top margin must be less than the number +of the bottom margin. The origin mode selects line numbers.

+

After the margins are selected, the cursor moves to the home position. +The origin mode feature also selects the home position. Select the top +and bottom margins of the scrolling region by using the following sequence.

+

NOTES: When you power up or use the Reset command, the scrolling +region becomes the full screen.

+

Pt and Pb represent variable numeric parameters. The parameters are +decimal numbers transmitted to the terminal as ASCII characters. Asterisks +(***) represent one or more variable numeric parameters in the octal +sequence.

+

Set Top and Bottom Margins (DECSTBM)

+
ESC  [  Pt   ;  Pb   r
+033 133 *** 073 *** 162
+

Selects top and bottom margins, defining the scrolling region. Pt is line +number of first line in the scrolling region. Pb is line number of bottom line. +If Pt and Pb are not selected, the complete screen is used (no margins).

+

Origin

+

This mode determines if the cursor can move outside the scrolling +region (the area between the top and bottom margins). You can move +the cursor outside the margins with the cursor position (CUP) and horizontal +and vertical position (HVP) sequences.

+

Lines on the screen are numbered according to the location of the home +position. Home position is always line 1, column 1. The cursor moves to +the new home position whenever origin mode is selected. Select origin +mode by using the following sequences.

+

NOTE: When you power up or use the Reset command, origin mode resets.

+

Origin Mode (DECOM)

+
ESC  [   ?   6   h
+033 133 077 066 150
+

Set selects home position in scrolling region. Line numbers start at top +margin of scrolling region. The cursor cannot move out of scrolling region.

+
ESC  [   ?   6   l
+033 133 077 066 154
+

Reset selects home position in upper-left corner of screen. Line numbers +are independent of the scrolling region (absolute). Use CUP and HVP sequences +to move cursor out of scrolling region.

+

Cursor Positioning

+

The cursor indicates the active screen position +where the next character will appear. The cursor moves:

+ +

You can also move the cursor by using the following sequences.

+

NOTE: Pn represents a variable numeric parameter. The parameter is a +decimal number transmitted to the terminal by using ASCII characters. If +you select no parameter or 0, the terminal assumes the parameter equals +1. Asterisks (***) represent one or more characters in the octal sequence.

+

Cursor Up (CUU)

+
ESC  [  Pn   A
+033 133 *** 101
+

Moves cursor up Pn lines in same column. Cursor stops at top margin.

+

Cursor Down (CUD)

+
ESC  [  Pn   B
+033 133 *** 102
+

Moves cursor down Pn lines in same column. Cursor stops at bottom +margin.

+

Cursor Forward (CUF)

+
ESC  [  Pn   C
+033 133 *** 103
+

Moves cursor right Pn columns. Cursor stops at right margin.

+

Cursor Backward (CUB)

+
ESC  [  Pn   D
+033 133 *** 104
+

Moves cursor left Pn columns. Cursor stops at left margin.

+

NOTE: Pl and Pc represent variable numeric parameters. The parameter +is a decimal number that represents one or more characters transmitted +to the terminal as ASCII characters. Asterisks (***) represent the variable +parameter in the octal sequence.

+

Cursor Position (CUP)

+
ESC  [  Pl   ;  Pc   H
+033 133 *** 073 *** 110
+

Moves cursor to line Pl, column Pc. If Pl or Pc are not selected or selected +as 0, the cursor moves to first line or column, respectively. Origin mode +(DECOM) selects line numbering and ability to move cursor into margins.

+

NOTE: CUP operates the same as the horizontal and vertical position +(HVP) sequence.

+

Cursor Position (Home) (CUP)

+
ESC  [   H
+033 133 110
+

Moves cursor to home position, selected by origin mode (DECOM).

+

Horizontal and Vertical Position (HVP)

+
ESC  [  Pl   ;  Pc   f
+033 133 *** 073 *** 146
+

Moves cursor to line Pl, column Pc. If Pl or Pc are not selected or selected +as 0, the cursor moves to first line or column, respectively. Origin mode +(DECOM) selects line numbering and ability to move the cursor into +margins.

+

NOTE: HVP operates the same as the cursor position (CUP) sequence.

+

Horizontal and Vertical Position (Home) (HVP)

+
ESC  [   f
+033 133 146
+

Cursor moves to home position selected by origin mode (DECOM).

+

Index (IND)

+
ESC  D
+033 104
+

Moves cursor down one line in same column. If cursor is at bottom margin, +screen performs a scroll-up.

+

Reverse Index (RI)

+
ESC  M
+033 115
+

Moves cursor up one line in same column. If cursor is at top margin, +screen performs a scroll-down.

+

Next Line (NEL)

+
ESC  E
+033 105
+

Moves cursor to first position on next line. If cursor is at bottom margin, +screen performs a scroll-up.

+

Save Cursor (DECSC)

+
ESC  7
+033 067
+

Saves cursor position, character attribute (graphic rendition), character +set, and origin mode selection. (See restore cursor).

+

Restore Cursor (DECRC)

+
ESC  8
+033 070
+

Restores previously saved cursor position, character attribute (graphic +rendition), character set, and origin mode selection. If none were saved, +the cursor moves to home position.

+

Columns Per Line

+

This mode selects the number of columns in a display +line, 80 or 132. With either selection, the screen can display 24 lines. +Select the number of columns per line by using the following sequences.

+

NOTE: When you change the number of columns per line, the screen is +erased. This also sets the scrolling region for full screen (24 lines).

+

Column Mode (DECCOLM)

+
ESC  [   ?   3   h
+033 133 077 063 150
+

Set selects 132 columns per line.

+
ESC  [   ?   3   l
+033 133 077 063 154
+

Reset selects 80 columns per line.

+

Auto Wrap

+

This mode selects where a received character will appear +when the cursor is at the right margin. Select auto wrap by using the following +sequences.

+

NOTE: Regardless of the auto wrap SET-UP feature selection, the tab +character never moves the cursor to the next line.

+

Auto Wrap Mode (DECAWM)

+
ESC  [   ?   7   h
+033 133 077 067 150
+

Set selects auto wrap. Any display characters received when cursor is at +right margin appear on next line. The display scrolls up if cursor is at end +of scrolling region.

+
ESC  [   ?   7   l
+033 133 077 067 154
+

Reset turns auto wrap off. Display characters received when cursor is at +right margin replace previously displayed character.

+

Screen Background

+

This mode selects either light (reverse) or dark +display background on the screen. Select screen mode by using the following +sequences.

+

Screen Mode (DECSCNM)

+
ESC  [   ?   5   h
+033 133 077 065 150
+

Set selects reverse screen, a white screen background with black characters.

+
ESC  [   ?   5   l
+033 133 077 065 154
+

Reset selects normal screen, a black screen background with white characters.

+

Linefeed/New Line

+

This mode selects the control character(s) transmitted +by RETURN. Linefeed/new line also selects the action taken by the +terminal when receiving linefeed, form feed, and vertical tab. Table 5-8 +provides a summary of the feature. Select linefeed/new line mode by using +the following sequences.

+

Linefeed/New Line Mode (LNM)

+
ESC  [   2   0   h
+033 133 062 060 150
+

Set causes a received linefeed, form feed, or vertical tab to move cursor +to first column of next line. RETURN transmits both a carriage return and +linefeed. This selection is also called new line option.

+
ESC  [   2   0   l
+033 133 062 060 154
+

Reset causes a received linefeed, form feed, or vertical tab to move cursor +to next line in current column. RETURN transmits a carriage return.

+

Keyboard Action (FDX)

+

This mode is only used during full-duplex, not +half-duplex communication. Keyboard action lets the computer turn the +keyboard on or off. This mode always resets when you enter SET-UP. Select +keyboard action mode by using the following sequences.

+

Keyboard Action Mode (KAM)

+
ESC  [   2   h
+033 133 062 150
+

Set turns off keyboard and turns on KBD LOCKED.

+
ESC  [   2   l
+033 133 062 154
+

Reset turns on keyboard and turns off KBD LOCKED.

+

Auto Repeat

+

This mode selects automatic key repeating. A key +pressed for more than one-half second automatically repeats the transmission +of the character. Key repeating does not affect SET-UP, ESC, RETURN, +ENTER, NO SCROLL, and CTRL. Select auto repeat mode by using +the following sequences.

+

Auto Repeat Mode (DECARM)

+
ESC  [   ?   8   h
+033 133 077 070 150
+

Set selects auto repeat. A key pressed for more than one-half second +automatically repeats.

+
ESC  [   ?   8   l
+033 133 077 070 154
+

Reset turns off auto repeat. Keys do not automatically repeat.

+

Local Echo (Keyboard Send-Receive)

+

This mode selects local echo, +which causes every character transmitted by the terminal to automatically +appear on the screen. Therefore, the computer does not have to transmit +(echo) the character back to the terminal for display. When local echo is +off, the terminal only transmits characters to the computer. The computer +must echo the characters back to the terminal for display. Select send-receive +mode by using the following sequences.

+

Send-Receive Mode (SRM)

+
ESC  [   1   2   h
+033 133 061 062 150
+

Set turns off local echo. The terminal transmits characters to the computer, +which must echo characters for display on screen.

+
ESC  [   1   2   l
+033 133 061 062 154
+

Reset selects local echo. Characters transmitted to the computer automatically +appear on the screen.

+

Cursor Key Character Selection

+

In application keypad mode +(DECKPAM), cursor key mode selects the set of characters transmitted +by the cursor keys. In numeric keypad mode (DECKPNM), cursor key +mode resets and cannot change. See Table 5-9 for the codes transmitted +by the cursor keys. Select cursor key mode by using the following sequences.

+

NOTE: When you power up or use a Reset command, cursor key mode +resets. This mode also resets during a communication line connection in +all communication except full-duplex no modem control (FDX A). See +Chapter 6 for more information about communication.

+

Cursor Key Mode (DECCKM)

+
ESC  [   ?   1   h
+033 133 077 061 150
+

Set selects cursor keys to generate control (application) functions.

+
ESC  [   ?   1   l
+033 133 077 061 154
+

Reset selects cursor keys to generate ANSI cursor control sequences.

+

Keypad Character Selection

+

The numeric keypad generates either numeric +characters or control functions. Selecting application or numeric +keypad mode determines the type of characters. The keypad mode also +affects the cursor keys. See Cursor Key Character Selection in this chapter +for more information. The program function (PF) keys generate the +same characters regardless of the keypad character selection. See Table +5-10 for the characters generated by the keypad. Select the keypad mode +by using the following sequences.

+

NOTE: When you power up or use a Reset command, the terminal selects +numeric keypad mode. This mode is also selected during communication +line connections, except full-duplex no modem control (FDX A). +See Chapter 6 for more information about communication line connections.

+

Application Keypad Mode (DECKPAM)

+
ESC  =
+033 075
+

Selects application keypad mode. Keypad generates control functions. +Cursor key mode (DECCKM) selects type of characters generated by cursor +keys.

+

Numeric Keypad Mode (DECKPNM)

+
ESC  >
+033 076
+

Selects numeric keypad mode. Keypad generates characters that match +the numeric, comma, period, and minus sign keys on main keyboard. Cursor +keys generate ANSI cursor control sequences.

+

Character Sets and Selection

+

The terminal can display up to 254 different +characters; however, the terminal only holds 127 display characters +in basic read only memory (ROM). You must install an alternate character +set ROM for the remaining 127 display characters.

+

The terminal can select only 94 characters (one character set) at a time. +Therefore, the terminal uses the following five character sets, with some +characters appearing in more than one set.

+ +

Tables 5.11, 5.12 and 5.13 show the character sets. The United States and +United Kingdom character sets meet the standard of the "ISO international register of character sets to be used with escape sequences". +The space (SP) and control characters are the same in all sets.

+

The terminal uses two active character sets at any one time. The computer +designates these sets as G0 and G1, using the select character set +(SCS) sequence. Then a single control character can switch between +sets. Shift In (SI, octal 017) invokes the G0 character set; shift out (SO, +octal 016) invokes the G1 character set.

+

The designated character sets are active until the terminal receives another +SCS sequence. You can use the SCS sequence as often as needed +to designate G0 and G1. Designate G0 by using the following sequences.

+

NOTE: The terminal uses the character set selected in SET-UP after all +communication line connections, except full-duplex no modem control +(FDX A). See Chapter 6 for more information about communication line +connections.

+

Select Character Set (SCS)

+
ESC  (   A
+033 050 101
+

Designates the UK character set as G0.

+
ESC  (   B
+033 050 102
+

Designates the US character set as G0.

+
ESC  (   0
+033 050 060
+

Designates the special characters and line drawing character set as G0.

+
ESC  (   1
+033 050 061
+

Designates the alternate ROM character set as G0.

+
ESC  (   2
+033 050 062
+

Designates the alternate ROM special characters character set as G0.

+

Designate G1 by using the following sequences.

+

Select Character Set (SCS)

+
ESC  )   A
+033 051 101
+

Designates the UK character set as G1.

+
ESC  )   B
+033 051 102
+

Designates the US character set as G1.

+
ESC  )   0
+033 051 060
+

Designates the special characters and line drawing character set as G1.

+
ESC  )   1
+033 051 061
+

Designates the alternate ROM character set as G1.

+
ESC  )   2
+033 051 062
+

Designates the alternate ROM special characters character set as G1.

+

The terminal also has G2 and G3 character sets. However, these are always +the default (selected in SET-UP) character sets. You select G2 and +G3 for only one character at a time. The terminal returns to the previous +character set after displaying a single character. Select G2 and G3 for +one character by using the following sequences.

+

Single Shift 2 (SS2)

+
ESC  N
+033 116
+

Selects G2 (default) character set for one character. You select G2 in SET-UP.

+

Single Shift 3 (SS3)

+
ESC  O
+033 117
+

Selects G3 (default) character set for one character. You select G3 in SET-UP.

+

The terminal can transmit characters displayed on the screen to the optional +serial printer. When transmitting characters to the printer, the terminal +attempts to select the correct character set. If the printer does not +support multiple character sets, using multiple character sets causes unexpected +characters to print. Remember the following rules when the terminal +transmits characters from more than one character set.

+ +

Before transmitting characters to the printer, the terminal must determine +the character set selected. If the character is not in the currently selected +G0 character set, the character sets are searched as follows.

+
    +
  1. US/UK (selected in SET-UP)
  2. +
  3. US/UK (not selected in SET-UP)
  4. +
  5. Special characters and line drawing
  6. +
  7. Alternate ROM
  8. +
  9. Alternate ROM special characters
  10. +
+

NOTE: The substitute character appears on the screen when the terminal +receives a parity error, the SUB or CAN control characters, and the checker +(octal 141) character in the special character and line drawing character +set. The terminal always transmits the substitute character to the printer +as the SUB (octal 032) character.

+

Character Attributes

+

The terminal can display the following character +attributes that change the character display without changing the character.

+ +

You can select one or more character attributes at one time. Selecting an +attribute does not turn off other attributes already selected. After you select +an attribute, all characters received by the terminal appear with that +attribute. If you move the characters by scrolling, the attribute moves with +the characters. Select the character attributes by using the following sequences.

+

Select Graphic Rendition (SGR)

+
ESC  [   m   or  ESC  [   0   m
+033 133 155      033 133 060 155
+

Turns off character attributes.

+
ESC  [   1   m
+033 133 061 155
+

Selects bold (increased intensity).

+
ESC  [   4   m
+033 133 064 155
+

Selects underline.

+
ESC  [   5   m
+033 133 065 155
+

Selects blink.

+
ESC  [   7   m
+033 133 067 155
+

Selects reverse video.

+

Tab Stops

+

You select tab stop positions on the horizontal lines of the +screen. The cursor advances (tabs) to the next tab stop when the terminal +receives a horizontal tab (HT, octal 011). If no tab stops are set, horizontal +tab moves the cursor to the right margin. Set and clear the tab stops by +using the following sequences.

+

Horizontal Tabulation Set (HTS)

+
ESC  H
+033 110
+

Sets a horizontal tab stop at cursor position.

+

Tabulation Clear (TBC)

+
ESC  [   g   or  ESC  [   0   g
+033 133 147      033 133 060 147
+

Clears a horizontal tab stop at cursor position.

+
ESC  [   3   g
+033 133 063 147
+

Clears all horizontal tab stops.

+

Line Attributes

+

These are display features that affect a complete display +line. The cursor selects the line affected by the attribute. The cursor +stays in the same character position when the attribute changes. However, +if the attribute would move the cursor past the right margin, the cursor +stops at the right margin. When you move lines on the screen by +scrolling, the attribute moves with the line. Select line attributes by using +the following sequences.

+

NOTE: If you erase an entire line by using the erase in display (ED) sequence, +the line attribute changes to single-height and single-width.

+

Double-Height Line (DECDHL)

+
Top Half:      Bottom Half:
+ESC  #   3     ESC  #   4
+033 043 063    033 043 064
+

Makes the line with the cursor the top or bottom half of a double-height, +double-width line. Sequences work in pairs on adjacent lines. The same +character must be used on both lines to form full characters. If the line +was single-width, single-height, all characters to the right of center are +lost.

+

Single-Width Line (DECSWL)

+
ESC  #   5
+033 043 065
+

Makes the line with the cursor single-width, single-height. This is line attribute +for all new lines on screen.

+

Double-Width Line (DECDWL)

+
ESC  #   6
+033 043 066
+

Makes the line with the cursor double-width, single-height. If the line was +single-width, single-height, all characters to the right of center screen are +lost.

+

Erasing

+

Erasing removes characters from the screen without affecting +other characters on the screen. Erased characters are lost. The cursor +position does not change when erasing characters or lines.

+

If you erase a line by using the erase in display (ED) sequence, the line +attribute becomes single-height, single-width. If you erase a line by using +the erase in line (EL) sequence, the line attribute is not affected.

+

Erasing a character also erases any character attribute of the character. +Erase characters by using the following sequences.

+

Erase In Line (EL)

+
ESC  [   K   or  ESC  [   0   K
+033 133 113      033 133 060 113
+

Erases from cursor to end of line, including cursor position.

+
ESC  [   1   K
+033 133 061 113
+

Erases from beginning of line to cursor, including cursor position.

+
ESC  [   2   K
+033 133 062 113
+

Erases complete line.

+

Erase In Display (ED)

+
ESC  [   J   or  ESC  [   0   J
+033 133 112      033 133 060 112
+

Erases from cursor to end of screen, including cursor position.

+
ESC  [   1   J
+033 133 061 112
+

Erases from beginning of screen to cursor, including cursor position.

+
ESC  [   2   J
+033 133 062 112
+

Erases complete display. All lines are erased and changed to single-width. +Cursor does not move.

+

Computer Editing

+

Editing allows the computer to insert or delete characters +and lines of characters at the cursor position. The cursor position +does not change when inserting or deleting lines. Delete characters or insert +and delete lines by using the following sequences.

+

NOTE: Insertion-replacement mode (IRM) selects how characters are +added to the screen. See Inserting and Replacing Characters in this +chapter for more information.

+

Delete Character (DCH)

+
ESC  [  Pn   P
+033 133 *** 120
+

Deletes Pn characters, starting with the character at cursor position. When a +character is deleted, all characters to the right of cursor move left. This +creates a space character at right margin. This character has same character +attribute as the last character moved left.

+

Insert Line (IL)

+
ESC  [  Pn   L
+033 133 *** 114
+

Inserts Pn lines at line with cursor. Lines displayed below cursor move +down. Lines moved past the bottom margin are lost. This sequence is ignored +when cursor is outside scrolling region.

+

Delete Line (DL)

+
ESC  [  Pn   M
+033 133 *** 115
+

Deletes Pn lines, starting at line with cursor. As lines are deleted, lines +displayed below cursor move up. Lines added to bottom of screen have +spaces with same character attributes as last line moved up. This sequence +is ignored when cursor is outside scrolling region.

+

Inserting and Replacing Characters

+

The terminal displays received +characters at the cursor position. This mode determines how the terminal +adds characters to the screen. Insert mode displays the character and +moves previously displayed characters to the right. Replace mode adds +characters by replacing the character at the cursor position. Select +insertion-replacement mode by using the following sequences.

+

NOTE: This mode resets after a communication line connection in all +communication except full-duplex no modem control (FDX A). See Chapter +6 for more information about communication line connections.

+

Insertion-Replacement Mode (IRM)

+
ESC  [   4   h
+033 133 064 150
+

Set selects insert mode and turns INSERT on. New display characters +move old display characters to the right. Characters moved past the right +margin are lost.

+
ESC  [   4   l
+033 133 064 154
+

Reset selects replace mode and turns INSERT off. New display characters +replace old display characters at cursor position. The old character +is erased.

+

Printing

+

The terminal has a serial printer interface for local printing. The +computer can select all print operations by using sequences. You can +only select two of the print operations from the keyboard, auto print and +print screen.

+

When you print characters from the screen, terminal and printer tab stops +are ignored. Print characters are spaced with the space (SP, octal 040) +character. The terminal transmits a carriage return (CR, octal 015) and +linefeed (LF, octal 012) after the last printable character of a line -- but not +a space character.

+

A line of double-height characters prints as two identical lines of single-width +characters. Double-width characters print as single-width characters +on a single line.

+

Before selecting a print operation, check the printer status by using the +printer status report (DSR) in ANSI mode. Do not select a print operation if +the serial printer is not ready to print. Select print operations by using the +following sequences.

+

Media Copy (Auto Print On) (MC)

+
ESC  [   ?   5   i
+033 133 077 065 151
+

Turns on auto print. A display line prints after you move cursor off the line, +using a linefeed, form feed, or vertical tab (also transmitted to printer).

+

The line also prints during an auto wrap. Auto wrap lines end with a +CR, LF.

+

Media Copy (Auto Print Off) (MC)

+
ESC  [   ?   4   i
+033 133 077 064 151
+

Turns off auto print.

+

NOTE: Printer controller has a higher priority than auto print. Therefore, +you can select printer controller and print characters during auto print.

+

Media Copy (Printer Controller On) (MC)

+
ESC  [   5   i
+033 133 065 151
+

Turns on printer controller. The terminal transmits received characters to +printer without displaying them. The terminal does not insert or delete +spaces, provide line delimiters, or select the correct printer character set.

+

Media Copy (Printer Controller Off) (MC)

+
ESC  [   4   i
+033 133 064 151
+

Turns off printer controller. Always move printhead to left margin before +turning off printer controller.

+

Media Copy (Print Cursor Line) (MC)

+
ESC  [   ?   1   i
+033 133 077 061 151
+

Prints display line with cursor. Cursor position does not change. Print cursor +line ends when line prints.

+

Media Copy (Print Screen) (MC)

+
ESC  [   i   or  ESC  [   0   i
+033 133 151      033 133 060 151
+

Prints the screen. Printer extent (DECEXT) selects full screen or scrolling +region to print. Select scrolling region by using the set top and bottom margins +(DECSTBM) sequence. Print screen ends when screen prints.

+

Printer Extent

+

This mode selects the full screen or the scrolling region +to print during a print screen. Select printer extent mode by using the following +sequences.

+

Printer Extent Mode (DECPEX)

+
ESC  [   ?   1   9   h
+033 133 077 061 071 150
+

Set selects the full screen to print during a print screen.

+
ESC  [   ?   1   9   l
+033 133 077 061 071 154
+

Reset selects the scrolling region to print during a print screen.

+

Print Termination Character

+

This mode determines if the terminal +should transmit a print termination character after a print screen. The form +feed (octal 014) control character serves as the print termination character. +Select printer form feed mode by using the following sequence.

+

Printer Form Feed Mode (DECPFF)

+
ESC  [   ?   1   8   h
+033 133 077 061 070 150
+

Set selects form feed as print termination character. The terminal transmits +this character to printer after each print screen.

+
ESC  [   ?   1   8   l
+033 133 077 061 070 154
+

Reset selects no termination character.

+

Reports

+

The terminal transmits reports in response to computer +requests. Reports determine terminal type and status, and cursor position. +The report requests and responses are as follows.

+

NOTE: The terminal does not respond to the DSR, DA, or DECID sequences +during printer controller operation.

+

Device Status Report (DSR)

+
ESC  [   5   n
+033 133 065 156
+

Computer requests a status report (using a DSR sequence).

+
ESC  [   0   n
+033 133 060 156
+

Terminal response: Ready, no malfunctions detected.

+
ESC  [   3   n
+033 133 063 156
+

Terminal response: Malfunction, error in self-test. Reset and retry.

+
ESC  [   ?   1   5   n
+033 133 077 061 065 156
+

Computer requests a printer status report. Terminal checks status of +printer. This report should be requested before any printer operation.

+
ESC  [   ?   1   3   n
+033 133 077 061 063 156
+

Printer not connected to terminal. Data terminal ready (DTR) signal of the +printer has not been on since terminal turned on.

+
ESC  [   ?   1   1   n
+033 133 077 061 061 156
+

Printer not ready to print. Printer DTR was on, but is now off.

+
ESC  [   ?   1   0   n
+033 133 077 061 060 156
+

Printer ready to print. Printer DTR is on.

+
ESC  [   6   n
+033 133 066 156
+

Computer requests a cursor position report from terminal.

+

Cursor Position Report (CPR)

+
ESC  [  Pl   ;  Pc   R
+033 133 *** 073 *** 122
+

Terminal reports cursor position in response to DSR sequence request +from computer. Pl indicates line and Pc indicates column. No parameters, +or parameters of 0, indicate cursor is at home position. Origin mode (DECOM) +selects line numbering.

+

Device Attributes (DA)

+
ESC  [   c   or  ESC  [   0   c
+033 133 143      033 133 060 143
+

Computer requests terminal identify itself.

+

Identify Terminal (DECID)

+
ESC  Z
+033 132
+

Computer requests terminal to identify itself. Terminal uses device attributes +(DA) to respond. Future DIGITAL terminals may not support this sequence. +Therefore, new software should use device attributes.

+

Device Attributes (DA)

+
ESC  [   ?   6   c
+033 133 077 066 143
+

Terminal response: VT102.

+

Reset

+

Reset initializes the terminal and causes it to perform the internal +power-up self-test, erase the input buffer, and use the SET-UP selections +in user memory. Characters received during a reset are lost. To prevent +this, the computer may act in one of two ways.

+
    +
  1. (With auto XON/XOFF) Immediately after sending the reset sequence, +the computer should assume an XOFF from terminal. The +computer stops sending characters until it receives XON. The terminal +transmits XON only after it completes the reset.
  2. +
  3. (Without auto XON/XOFF) Use a delay of no less than 10 seconds +to allow the terminal to complete the function. This method, however, +does not guarantee against loss of characters when a reset error is +detected.
  4. +
+

The terminal disconnects from the communication line during a reset. After +a reset, the terminal selects keypad numeric mode (DECKPNM) and +resets origin mode (DECOM). The terminal also selects the top and bottom +margins (scrolling region) for the full screen (DECSTBM). Reset the +terminal by using the following sequence.

+

Reset to Initial State (RIS)

+
ESC  c
+033 143
+

Resets the terminal to its initial state.

+

Tests

+

DECTST selects the self-tests used to verify terminal operation. +Self-tests provide error indications on the keyboard indicators or screen. +See Chapter 9 for the meaning of the displayed errors. The terminal reports +the test results (pass or fail) to the computer by using a device status +report (DSR) sequence.

+

The terminal loses received characters while performing the test. To prevent +this, the computer may act in one of two ways.

+
    +
  1. (With auto XON/XOFF) Immediately after sending the invoke confidence +test sequence, the computer should assume an XOFF from +terminal. The computer stops sending characters until it receives +XON. The terminal transmits XON only after it completes the test.
  2. +
  3. (Without auto XON/XOFF) Use a delay of no less than 10 seconds +to allow the terminal to complete the test. This method, however, +does not guarantee against loss of characters when an error is detected.
  4. +
+

Select terminal self-tests by using the following sequences.

+

Invoke Confidence Test (DECTST)

+
ESC  [   2   ;   1   y
+033 133 062 073 061 171
+

Power-up test. Terminal resets and performs power-up test.

+
ESC  [   2   ;   2   y
+033 133 062 073 062 171
+

Data loopback test. Uses test connector on modem interface connector.

+
ESC  [   2   ;   4   y
+033 133 062 073 064 171
+

EIA loopback test. Uses test connector on modem interface connector.

+
ESC  [   2   ;   1   6   y
+033 133 062 073 061 066 171
+

Printer loopback test. Uses test connector on printer interface connector.

+
ESC  [   2   ;   9   y
+033 133 062 073 071 171
+

Repeats power-up test continuously until failure or power turned off.

+
ESC  [   2   ;   1   0   y
+033 133 062 073 061 060 171
+

Repeats data loopback test continuously until failure or power turned off. +Uses test connector on the modem interface connnector.

+
ESC  [   2   ;   1   2   y
+033 133 062 073 061 062 171
+

Repeats EIA loopback test continuously until failure or power turned off. +Uses test connector on modem interface connector.

+
ESC  [   2   ;   2   4   y
+033 133 062 073 062 064 171
+

Repeats printer loopback test continuously until failure or power turned +off. Uses test connector on printer interface.

+

Adjustments

+

The terminal has a screen alignment pattern that lets +Field Service personnel adjust the screen. Display the screen alignment +pattern by using the following sequence.

+

Screen Alignment Display (DECALN)

+
ESC  #   8
+033 043 070
+

Fills screen with uppercase E's for screen focus and alignment. This command +is used by DIGITAL Manufacturing and Field Service personnel.

+

Keyboard Indicator

+

You can program the L1 indicator (LED) for specific +applications. Turn L1 on or off by using the following sequences.

+

Load LED (DECLL)

+
ESC  [   0   q
+033 133 060 161
+

Turns L1 off.

+
ESC  [   1   q
+033 133 061 161
+

Turns L1 on.

+

VT52-Compatible Sequences

+

VT52-compatible sequences meet private DIGITAL standards. Therefore, +the terminal can use existing software designed for previous terminals +(such as the VT52). You can select VT52 compatibility from the keyboard +in SET-UP (Chapter 3), or the computer can use a sequence. (See ANSI-Compatible +Sequences in this chapter).

+

Modes

+

In VT52 mode, you cannot select most terminal features by using +sequences. You can, however, select the following three modes by using +sequences: ANSI mode, application keypad mode on, and application +keypad mode off (numeric keypad mode on).

+

ANSI/VT52 Compatibility

+

The terminal is compatible with both ANSI +and private DIGITAL standards. Therefore, the terminal can use new software +that meets ANSI standards and existing software designed for previous +terminals (such as the VT52). ANSI-compatible sequences meet +standards X3.64-1979 and X3.41-1974. You use ANSI mode to select +most terminal features; the terminal uses the same features when it +switches to VT52 mode. You cannot, however, change most of these features +in VT52 mode. Select ANSI compatibility by using the following sequence.

+

ANSI Mode (DECANM)

+
ESC  <
+033 074
+

The terminal interprets all sequences according to ANSI standards X3.64-1979 +and X3.41-1974. The VT52 escape sequences described in this +chapter are not recognized.

+

Cursor Positioning

+

The cursor indicates the active screen position +where the next character will appear. You must select the margins for +VT52 mode in ANSI mode. If you do not select margins, the terminal uses +the complete screen. The cursor moves:

+ +

You can also move the cursor by using the following sequences.

+

Cursor Up

+
ESC  A
+033 101
+

Moves cursor up one line in same column. Cursor stops at top margin.

+

Cursor Down

+
ESC  B
+033 102
+

Moves cursor down one line in same column. Cursor stops at bottom +margin.

+

Cursor Right

+
ESC  C
+033 103
+

Moves cursor one column to right. Cursor stops at right margin.

+

Cursor Left

+
ESC  D
+033 104
+

Moves cursor one column to left. Cursor stops at left margin.

+

Cursor to Home

+
ESC  H
+033 110
+

Moves cursor to home position.

+

Direct Cursor Address

+
ESC  Y   line  column
+033 131  ***   ***
+

Moves cursor to specified line and column. Line and column numbers are +ASCII character whose codes are their octal value plus octal 037. For +example, line 1 column 8 parameters are octal 040 (first line) and octal +050 (eighth column).

+

Reverse Linefeed

+
ESC  I
+033 111
+

Moves cursor up one line in same column. If cursor is at top margin, +screen performs scroll-down.

+

Keypad Character Selection

+

The numeric keypad generates either numeric +characters or control functions. Select application keypad mode to +generate control functions. Exit application keypad mode (select numeric +keypad mode) to generate numeric characters. See Table 5-14 for the +characters generated by the keypad. Enter and exit application keypad +mode by using the following sequences.

+

NOTE: When you power up or use a Reset command, the terminal exits +application keypad mode (selects numeric keypad mode). This mode is +also selected during communication line connections, except full-duplex +no modem control (FDX A). See Chapter 6 for more information about +communication line disconnects.

+

Enter Application Keypad Mode

+
ESC  =
+033 075
+

Keypad generates sequences used by the applications program.

+

Exit Application Keypad Mode (Numeric Keypad Mode)

+
ESC  >
+033 076
+

Keypad generates characters that match the numeric, comma, period, +and minus sign keys on main keyboard.

+

Character Sets and Selection

+

In VT52 mode, the terminal uses either +the US/UK character set selected in SET-UP or the special characters +and line drawing character set. Tables 5-11 and 5-12 show the United +Kingdom and United States character sets. Table 5-13 shows the special +characters and line drawing character set. Table 5-15 compares the special +characters and line drawing character set to VT52 graphics mode +(character set). Select the character sets by using the following sequences.

+

NOTE: The character set selected in SET-UP is used after all communication +line connections, except full-duplex no modem control (FDX A). +See Chapter 6 for more information about communication.

+

Enter Graphics Mode

+
ESC  F
+033 106
+

Selects the special characters and line drawing character set.

+

Exit Graphics Mode

+
ESC  G
+033 107
+

Selects the character set selected in SET-UP.

+

Erasing

+

Erasing removes characters from the screen. Erased characters +are lost. Erase characters by using the following sequences.

+

Erase to End of Line

+
ESC  K
+033 113
+

Erases all characters from cursor to end of current line, including cursor +position. Cursor does not move.

+

Erase to End of Screen

+
ESC  J
+033 112
+

Erases all characters from cursor to end of screen, including cursor +position. Cursor does not move.

+

Printing

+

The terminal has a serial printer interface for local printing. The +computer can select all print operations by using sequences. You can +only select two print operations from the keyboard, auto print and print +screen.

+

When you print characters from the screen, terminal and printer tab stops +are ignored. Characters printed are spaced with the space (SP, octal +040) character. The terminal transmits a carriage return and linefeed - +but not a space character - after the last printable character of a line.

+

A line of double-height characters prints as two identical lines of single-width +characters. Double-width characters print as single-width characters +on a single line.

+

Before selecting a print operation, check the printer status by using the +printer status report (DSR) in ANSI mode. Do not select a print operation if +the serial printer is not ready to print. Select print operations by using the +following sequences.

+

Auto Print

+
ESC  ^
+033 136
+

Turns on auto print. A display line prints after you move cursor off the line, +using a linefeed, form feed, or vertical tab (also transmitted to printer).

+

The line also prints during an auto wrap. Auto wrap lines end with CR, LF.

+
ESC  _
+033 137
+

Turns off auto print.

+

NOTE: Printer controller has a higher priority than auto print. Therefore, +you can select printer controller and print characters during auto print.

+

Print Controller

+
ESC  W
+033 127
+

Turns on printer controller. The terminal transmits received characters to +printer without displaying them. The terminal does not insert or delete +spaces, provide line delimiters, or select printer character set.

+
ESC  X
+033 130
+

Turns off printer controller. Always move printhead to left margin before +turning off printer controller.

+

Print Cursor Line

+
ESC  V
+033 135
+

Prints display line with cursor. Cursor position does not change. Print cursor +line ends when the line prints.

+

Print Screen

+
ESC  ]
+033 126
+

Prints the screen. Printer extent (DECPEX) selects full screen or scrolling +region to print. Select scrolling region by using DECSTBM sequence. Print +screen ends when screen prints.

+

Reports

+

The terminal transmits reports in response to computer +requests. The terminal generates only one report in VT52 mode. The report +requests and responses are as follows.

+

Identify

+
ESC  Z
+033 132
+

Terminal sends an identify sequence to computer.

+
ESC  /   Z
+033 057 132
+

VT102 response to identify sequence. (Same as VT52).

+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter6.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter6.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c30015 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter6.html @@ -0,0 +1,644 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + +

6 Communication

+

General

+

This chapter describes how the VT102 communicates with a computer +and optional serial printer. The chapter's main sections cover the two interfaces +used, modem and printer. The text provides a detailed description +of each connector and its signals. This chapter also describes the +terminal's communication features.

+

NOTE: See Chapter 8 for a description of the 20 mA current loop interface.

+

Connecting to the Computer

+

The VT102 communication (modem) interface is a DB-25 male connector +mounted on the back of the terminal (Figure 6-1). This interface meets +Electronic Industry Association (EIA) standards RS-423 and RS-232-C, +and International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee +(CCITT) recommendations V.24 and V.28.

+

The terminal connects to a computer through a common carrier facility +(telephone line) or directly (Figure 6-2). Using a telephone line requires +modems. Modems change characters transmitted between the terminal +and computer into signals transmitted over the telephone line. There are +several types of modems available. When using modems to connect the +terminal to the computer, you must select the following items.

+
+
A modem
+

The terminal modem must be compatible with the computer +modem. Table 6-1 lists the possible modems for public switched telephone +lines. Table 6-2 lists the possible modem configurations for +dedicated telephone lines.

+

NOTE: These tables list examples of possible modem configurations. +You can use equivalent modems supplied by other manufacturers.

+

DIGITAL DF02-AA and DF03-AA modems are equivalent to Bell 103J +and 212A. DF02 operates at 300 baud; DF03 operates and 300 or 1200 baud.

+
The terminal's internal communication switches
+

Compare the +modem's interface information to the interface information provided +under Modem Control in this chapter. Determine which lines are not +used and disconnect these signals by using the internal communication switches.

+
The communication SET-UP features
+

You must select these features +to match the type of communication used by the computer. For a description +of communication features, see Modem Serial Characters, +Break, and Modem Control in this chapter. See Chapter 3 for more information +about SET-UP communication features.

+
+

Communication Switch Settings

+

The terminal has a set of ten internal communication switches. These +switches allow some communication signals to disconnect from the +modem connector.

+

These switch settings usually stay at their factory settings. However, you +must configure these switches for some modems. Figure 6-3 shows the +communication signals which have switches.

+

NOTE: The internal communication switches are ignored when using 20 +mA current loop communication.

+

Modem Serial Characters

+

The terminal communicates with the computer by transmitting serial characters. +Serial characters have a start bit, seven or eight data bits, an optional +parity bit, and one or two stop bits. Figure 6-4 shows the serial character +format.

+

The modem data/parity bits SET-UP feature selects the number of data +bits per character and type of parity. With 8-bit characters, the terminal +forces the last data bit to the space (0) condition, and ignores the last +data bit when received. Data bits are transmitted with the least significant +bit first. (See ANSI X3.15-1976 for details on serial character format).

+

The terminal uses the parity bit to detect transmission errors in both transmitted +and received characters. If you do not select parity, the terminal +cannot transmit or check parity bits.

+

If you select parity, the receive parity SET-UP feature determines if the +terminal checks or ignores the parity of received characters. However, +the terminal only checks received characters for odd or even parity, not +mark and space parity.

+

The stop bits SET-UP feature selects the number of stop bits (one or two) +in a character.

+

Break

+

Break is a space condition transmitted for 0.275 seconds ± 10 percent. +The break enable SET-UP feature enables or disables a break. When receiving +in half-duplex with supervisory control (HDX A), the terminal performs +a break by turning secondary request to send (SRTS) off for 0.275 +seconds ± 10 percent. The computer response to the break depends on +the computer and software.

+

If you hold down SHIFT and press BREAK, the terminal generates a disconnect. +This causes the terminal to turn off the data terminal ready +(DTR) and request to send (RTS) signals. The transmit data line (TXD) is +held in a mark condition. After 0.22 seconds, the terminal tests the condition +of data set ready (DSR). When DSR turns off or after 1.8 seconds, the +disconnect is complete. When the disconnect character enable SET-UP +feature is on, the terminal transmits the disconnect character before the +DTR and RTS signals turn off. The disconnect character is selected by the +turnaround/disconnect SET-UP feature.

+

Modem Control

+

The terminal can communicate in full- or half-duplex, selected by the +modem control SET-UP feature. This feature has five selections, three for +full-duplex and two for half-duplex. Table 6-3 describes these selections +and their usual applications.

+

The modem control feature must be compatible with the computer and +modem. Table 6-4 matches feature selections and possible modems. You +can use equivalent modems supplied by other manufacturers.

+

NOTE: In several countries outside North America, communications +equipment must be certified before being connected to modems provided +by the local telecommunications authority (for example, German FTZ, +Sweden PTT, and England BT). In those countries, contact your local +Field Service office for more information about certification. In many +cases, DIGITAL has already provided the needed information to the local +telecommunication authority.

+

Full-Duplex Communication

+

Full-duplex communication lets you transmit and receive characters in +both directions at the same time. The terminal has three types of +full-duplex communication available: without modem control, with modem +control, and asymmetric full-duplex. All modem control selections except +full-duplex with no modem control (FDX A) use modem control signals during +communication. Modem control signals verify that the terminal and +computer are connected before communicating.

+

Full-Duplex with No Modem Control (FDX A)

+

This selection lets the +terminal communicate with the computer regardless of the received +modem control signals. The terminal assumes it is connected to the computer. +Table 6-5 lists the signals used in FDX A. The terminal uses only +the connector signals listed.

+

NOTE: FDX A is used with the 20 mA current loop option (VT1XX-CA).

+

FDX A Connection

+

The terminal assumes it is connected to the computer +when the DTR signal is on. Communication is allowed regardless of +the condition of other modem control lines. DTR is on at all times except +when the terminal is off-line or performing a long break disconnect.

+

The terminal prepares to connect to the computer immediately after DTR +turns off. The terminal prepares to communicate by:

+ +

FDX A Disconnection

+

The terminal disconnects (hangs up) the communication +(phone) line by turning DTR off. A disconnect occurs when the +terminal:

+ +

Full-Duplex with Modem Controls (FDX B)

+

This selection allows communication +when the terminal receives the correct modem control signals. +These signals verify the connection between the terminal and computer +before and during communication. The terminal cannot communicate without +this connection. Table 6-6 lists the signals used in FDX B. The terminal +uses only the connector signals listed.

+

FDX B Connection

+

Before communicating, the terminal verifies the connection +to the computer by using modem control signals. The clear to +send (CTS), receive line signal detector (RLSD) and data set ready (DSR) +signals must be on, or communication is not permitted.

+

The terminal prepares to connect to the computer when DSR turns on. +The terminal prepares to communicate by:

+ +

FDX B Disconnection

+

The terminal hangs up the communication phone +line by turning DTR off. A disconnect occurs when the terminal:

+ +

Asymmetric Full-Duplex (FDX C)

+

This is full-duplex communication using +a half-duplex modem with a secondary channel. The terminal receives +characters on the primary channel at 600 or 1200 baud. It transmits characters +on the secondary channel at 75 baud. You use the internal communication +switches to configure the terminal to use a secondary channel. +Table 6-7 lists the signals used in FDX C. The terminal uses only the connector +signals listed.

+

FDX C Connection

+

Before communicating, the terminal verifies the connection +to the computer by using modem control signals. The secondary +clear to send (SCTS), RLSD, and DSR signals must be on, or communication +is not permitted.

+

The terminal prepares to connect to the computer when DSR turns on. +The terminal prepares to communicate by:

+ +

FDX C Disconnection

+

The terminal hangs up phone line by turning DTR +off. A disconnect occurs when the terminal:

+ +

Half-Duplex Communication

+

Half-duplex lets you transmit and receive communication characters in +both directions, one direction at a time. Therefore, you need a method to +control the direction of the communication line. The line direction determines +whether the terminal transmits or receives characters. Every time +the transmitting device wants to receive, the line must be turned around. +The terminal uses two types of half-duplex communication to control line +direction, supervisory control or coded control.

+

NOTE: In half-duplex, characters typed on the keyboard do not appear +immediately on the screen unless you selected local echo.

+

Half-Duplex with Supervisory Control (HDX A)

+

This selection lets the computer control line turnarounds by using the secondary channel control +signals. The secondary channel does not transfer data. Table 6-8 lists the +signals used in HDX A. The terminal uses only the connector signals listed.

+

HDX A Connection

+

Before communicating, the terminal verifies the connection +to the computer by using DSR. The terminal prepares to connect +to the computer when DSR turns on. The terminal prepares to communicate +by:

+ +

HDX A Character Transmission and Reception

+

After the terminal connects +to the computer, the secondary channel modem control signals +control line turnaround. The terminal receives data as follows.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ComputerTerminal
Computer turns secondary request to send (SRTS) off.
This turns secondary receive line signal detector (SRLSD) off at terminal.
+Terminal turns request to send (RTS) off. (CTS turns off).
This turns RLSD off at computer.
+Computer turns RTS on.
This turns RLSD on at terminal.
+Terminal turns SRTS on.
This turns SRLSD on at computer.
Terminal receives characters transmitted by computer.
+

The terminal transmits data as follows.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ComputerTerminal
Computer turns RTS off and SRTS on.
This turns RLSD off and turns SRLSD on at terminal.
+Terminal then turns SRTS off and RTS on.
This turns SRLSD off and RLSD on at computer.
Terminal waits for CTS to turn on, allowing transmission of characters to computer.
+

Table 6-9 summarizes the modem control signal conditions when transmitting +and receiving characters.

+

HDX A Disconnection

+

The terminal hangs up the phone line by turning +DTR off. A disconnect occurs when the terminal:

+ +

Half-Duplex with Coded Control (HDX B)

+

This selection lets the transmitting +device control line turnarounds with a turnaround character specified +by the turnaround/disconnect character SET-UP feature. The turnaround +character indicates that a line should turn around. The +transmitting device uses modem control lines to perform line turnarounds. +Table 6-10 lists the signal used in HDX B. The terminal uses only the connector +signals listed.

+

The terminal uses ETX and EOT for turnaround characters. You can also +select DC3, FF, and CR; however, these characters do not comply with +ANSI X3.4-1977. If you set the line turnaround SET-UP feature for auto, +the line automatically turns around when the terminal transmits:

+ +

or

+ +

If you set the line turnaround SET-UP feature for manual, you must select +the turnaround character manually.

+

HDX B Connection

+

Before communicating, the terminal verifies the connection +to the computer by using DSR. The terminal prepares to connect +to the computer when DSR turns on. The terminal prepares to communicate +by:

+ +

HDX B Character Transmission and Reception

+

During a communication +line connection, the initial direction SET-UP feature selects which +device transmits. The transmitting device determines when the communication +line turns around. Line turnarounds begin with the transmitting +device sending a turnaround character. Both devices then change the +condition of RTS. This causes a line turnaround.

+

The terminal receives data as follows.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ComputerTerminal
Computer turns RTS on.

This turns RLSD on at terminal.

+

Terminal's RTS is off; therefore, CTS to terminal is +off. Terminal receives characters from computer.

+

The terminal transmits characters as follows.

+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ComputerTerminal
Terminal turns RTS on.
This turns RLSD on at computer.
This turns CTS on at terminal. Terminal can transmit characters.
+

Table 6-11 summarizes the modem control signal conditions when transmitting +and receiving characters.

+

HDX B Disconnection

+

The terminal hangs up the phone line by turning +DTR off. A disconnect occurs when the terminal:

+ +

Input Buffer Overflow Prevention

+

The terminal places all received characters (other than NUL), in a 128-character +input buffer. The input buffer holds received characters until +processed. After processing, the terminal removes characters from the input +buffer and transmits or displays them.

+

The input buffer fills when it receives characters faster than the terminal +can process them. When the buffer is full, the terminal loses received +characters and displays the substitute character ([]). There are three +methods of input buffer overflow prevention:

+ +

NOTE: In applications using continuous 19,200 baud communication, +occasional data errors may occur. When the terminal detects errors, it replaces +the characters in error with the substitute character ([]). In these +cases, use a lower baud rate.

+

XON and XOFF Characters

+

When you select the auto XON/XOFF, the +XON and XOFF control characters prevent input buffer overflows. These +characters indicate when this 128-character buffer is almost empty or full. +When the input buffer holds 32 characters, the terminal automatically +transmits XOFF (DC3, octal 023). The computer should stop transmitting +characters to prevent an input buffer overflow.

+

If the computer fails to respond to XOFF, the input buffer continues to fill. +The terminal transmits a second XOFF when the input buffer holds 112 +characters. This second XOFF is a last request to the computer to stop +transmitting characters.

+

The terminal continues to remove characters from the input buffer. When +the input buffer holds 16 characters, the terminal automatically transmits +XON (DC1, octal 021), requesting the computer to continue transmission.

+

Use the following formulas to determine how fast the computer must respond +to the first XOFF character to avoid input buffer overflow.

+
+

C = 96 - [3 × (receive speed / transmit speed)]

+

R = C × (bits per char. + parity bit + no. of stop bits + 1) / receive speed

+
+

where

+
+

C = number of characters to overflow

+

R = response time to XOFF (seconds)

+
+

Example 1 - The terminal is transmitting 8-bit characters with no parity at +1200 baud and receiving at 1200 baud. When the terminal transmits the +first XOFF, the computer must stop transmitting within 0.775 seconds or +the input buffer overflows.

+
+

C = 96 - [3 × (1200 / 1200)] = 93 characters

+

R = 93 × (8 + 0 + 1 + 1) / 1200 = 0.775 seconds

+
+

Example 2 - The terminal is transmitting 7-bit characters with parity at +300 baud and receiving at 300 baud. When the terminal transmits the first +XOFF, the computer must stop transmitting within 3.1 seconds or the input +buffer overflows.

+
+

C = 96 - [3 × (300 / 300)] = 93 characters

+

R = 93 × (7 + 1 + 1 + 1) / 300 = 3.1 seconds

+
+

NOTE: Immediately after sending the reset or invoke confidence test sequences, +the computer may assume an XOFF from the terminal. The computer +stops sending characters until it receives XON. The terminal transmits +XON only after completing the specified function.

+

Fill Characters

+

The computer can use fill characters (NUL, octal 000 +recommended) to prevent input buffer overflows. The terminal ignores received +null characters. Since the NUL character is not processed, the terminal +can process characters already received while receiving fill characters.

+

The computer transmits fill characters to the terminal after each control +function or display character. The number of fill characters needed depends +on the control function transmitted and the terminal receive speed. +Table 6-12 lists the number of fill characters used when transmitting to the +terminal.

+

Low-Speed Operation

+

A slow terminal receive speed prevents input +buffer overflows. Low-speed operation lets the terminal process a character +before receiving the next character. Therefore, the input buffer is always +ready to receive characters. Use the following rules during low-speed +operation to prevent input buffer overflows.

+ +

Keyboard Transmit Buffer

+

The keyboard transmit buffer holds characters generated by the terminal +before they are transmitted to the computer. When using auto XON/XOFF +in full-duplex, the computer can use XON (DC1, octal 021) and XOFF +(DC3, octal 023) characters to control character transmission from the +terminal.

+

After receiving XOFF, the terminal stops transmitting any characters except +XOFF and XON. A keyboard buffer stores keystrokes. If the keyboard +buffer overflows, KBD LOCKED turns on; keyclicks also stop if the keyclick +SET-UP feature is on.

+

When the terminal receives XON, the character transmission continues. +Also, entering and exiting SET-UP turns off KBD LOCKED and allows the +terminal to transmit characters. However, characters transmitted after entering +and exiting SET-UP may be lost if the computer is not ready to receive +characters. When the keyboard buffer is empty, KBD LOCKED turns +off; keyclicks return if the keyclick feature is on.

+

Connecting to the Printer

+

The terminal connects to a local serial printer via a printer interface. The +printer interface is full-duplex and uses the XON and XOFF control characters +to prevent input buffer overflows. Table 6-13 lists recommended +DIGITAL printers, printer options, and cables.

+

When you use a serial printer, select full-duplex communication between +the terminal and computer. Also, select auto XON/XOFF to prevent input +buffer overflows. Without full-duplex communication and auto XON/XOFF, +it is impossible to guarantee correct system operation. However, a large +printer input buffer and fast printer interface speed (baud rate) decrease +the chance of problems.

+

Serial Printer Interface

+

The VT102's printer interface is a DB-25 male connector mounted on the +back of the terminal (Figure 6-5). This interface meets Electronic Industry +Association (EIA) standards RS-423 and RS-232-C, and International +Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee (CCITT) recommendation +V.28. Table 6-14 lists pin assignments for printer interface signals. The +terminal uses only the connector signals listed.

+

The printer interface uses full-duplex communication with auto +XON/XOFF to prevent buffer overflows. If possible, the printer should turn +off DTR when not ready to print. DTR has a higher priority than +XON/XOFF. If DTR is off, the terminal will not transmit to the printer after +receiving XON. If DTR is on, the terminal assumes XON.

+

Printer Serial Characters

+

The terminal communicates with the printer by using serial characters. +These characters have a start bit, seven or eight data bits, an optional +parity bit, and one or two stop bits. Data bits are transmitted with the least +significant bit first. See ANSI X3.15-1976 for further details on the character +format. Figure 6-4 shows the serial character format.

+

SET-UP features select the number of data bits and stop bits per character, +the parity, and the transmission speed. The printer data/parity bits +feature selects the number of data bits and type of parity. With 8-bit characters, +the terminal forces the last data bit to the space (0) condition and +ignores the last data bit when received. If you do not select parity, the +terminal cannot transmit the parity bit. The transmit/receive speed SET-UP +feature selects the number of stop bits (one or two) and speed (baud +rate).

+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter7.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter7.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cee791e --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter7.html @@ -0,0 +1,262 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + +

7 Installation

+

General

+

This chapter provides information used to unpack, pack, and install the +VT102. The installation procedure describes how to select the input voltage +switch and fuse. The chapter also provides a step-by-step power-up +and checkout procedure.

+

Site Considerations

+

The terminal consists of a video monitor and a detached keyboard. Figure +7-1 shows their dimensions. The following list covers the terminal's environmental +and power specifications.

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Temperature10° to 40° C (50° to 104° F)
Relative humidity10 to 90 percent with a maximum wet bulb temperature +of 28° C (82° F) and a maximum dew point +of 2° C (36° F) noncondensing
Input voltage99 to 128 Vac (115 V setting)
+198 to 256 Vac (230 V setting)
+or
+87 to 107 Vac (100 V setting)
+222 to 268 Vac (250 V setting)
Power consumption70 W
Power receptacleNonswitched, grounded
+

When installing the terminal, make sure that all power and signal cables +are free from stress, sharp bends, or obstructions. Also, make sure to provide +access to monitor controls on the back of the terminal.

+

Several ventilation openings prevent the terminal from overheating. Do +not block the air flow around these openings by placing objects on top of +or under the terminal. Also, do not allow liquids, coins, paper clips, or other +objects to enter these ventilation openings. These objects may damage +the terminal.

+

You can place the terminal on a desk or tabletop. However, operators +usually prefer the keyboard at standard typewriter-table height rather than +desk height. Terminal tables and stands are available from the DIGITAL +Accessories and Supplies Group (A&SG). (See Chapter 10 for more information +on accessories).

+

Position the video monitor to avoid reflected light. The screen should face +away from light sources. However, if reflected light is a problem, filter +screens are available from A&SG.

+

For installations with static electricity problems, static mats are available +from A&SG.

+

Unpacking and Inspection Procedure

+

The terminal is packed in a carton with the following items.

+ +

Figure 7-2 shows the terminal's packaging. Unpack the terminal from the +shipping carton by using the following procedure.

+
    +
  1. Cut the carton sealing tape and open the carton flaps.
  2. +
  3. Lift the non-US power cord out of the carton. This power cord is supplied +with some variations of the terminal. +

    NOTE: All terminals are shipped with a US power cord.

  4. +
  5. Lift the terminal out of the carton by using the handles in the packing +material. Place the terminal and packing on its left side (when facing +the front of the terminal).
  6. +
  7. Remove the packing material on the right side.
  8. +
  9. Remove the keyboard and keyboard cover, then the monitor from the +left-side packing material.
  10. +
  11. Remove the plastic bags covering the monitor and keyboard.
  12. +
  13. Inspect the terminal for damage. +

    NOTE: Notify the carrier and your local DIGITAL Sales Office of any +damage.

  14. +
  15. Install the terminal by using the installation procedure in this chapter.
  16. +
+

Packing Procedure

+

Pack the terminal for shipment by using the following procedure. Figure 7-2 +shows the terminal's packaging. Figure 7-3 shows power switch and +cable locations.

+
    +
  1. Turn the power switch off (0).
  2. +
  3. Disconnect all cables at the back of the terminal.
  4. +
  5. Place the monitor and keyboard in plastic bags.
  6. +
  7. Place the packing material for the left side (facing the front of the +terminal) on a flat surface, with the cutouts facing up. Place the monitor +in the large cutout.
  8. +
  9. Route the keyboard cable behind the keyboard. Place the connector +in the small cutout.
  10. +
  11. Place the keyboard cover over the keys, then place the keyboard +into the small cutout.
  12. +
  13. Place the packing material for the right side over the monitor and +keyboard.
  14. +
  15. Place the packaged terminal and power cable in the shipping carton. +Fold the carton flaps and tape the carton closed with sealing tape.
  16. +
+

Installation Procedure

+

Install the terminal by using the following procedure. Figure 7-3 shows +switch and cable locations.

+
    +
  1. Perform the unpacking and inspection procedure in this chapter.
  2. +
  3. Check the terminal for the correct voltage range selection. The terminal +can operate with either 120 Vac or 220-240 Vac input power. +

    CAUTION: Failure to select the proper voltage range will damage +the terminal.

    +

    A label over the power receptacle indicates the factory-selected input +voltage range. Check this label, the voltage selection switch, and +fuse for the correct voltage range. Make sure the voltage range +matches your local ac power source.

    +

    Select 120 volts by performing the following procedure.

    +
      +
    1. Set the voltage selection switch to 115 (operating range 99-128 +Vac). On some terminals, the setting is 100 (operating range 87-107 Vac).
    2. +
    3. Remove the fuse holder cap by pressing in and turning counter-clockwise. +Check for a 1.25 A fuse (DIGITAL PN 90-00020-01). Replace +the fuse and fuse holder cap by pressing in and turning +clockwise.
    4. +
    +

    Select 220-240 volts by performing the following procedure.

    +
      +
    1. Set the voltage selection switch to 230 (operating range 198-256 +Vac). On some terminals, the setting is 250 (operating range 222-268 Vac).
    2. +
    3. Remove the fuse holder cap by pressing in and turning counter-clockwise. +Check for a 0.75 A slow blow fuse (DIGITAL PN 12-11237-00). +Replace the fuse and fuse holder cap by pressing in +and turning clockwise.
    4. +
  4. +
  5. Remove the backing paper from the self-sticking SET-UP label and +attach to the bottom of the keyboard.
  6. +
  7. If necessary, install the 20 mA current loop option (VT1XX-CA). Perform +the option installation and checkout procedures in Chapter 8.
  8. +
  9. When using the standard modem connector, selection the internal communication +switches. See Communication Switch Selection in this +chapter when selecting the communication switches. +

    NOTE: When using the 20 mA current loop option, the terminal ignores +the position of the communication switches.

  10. +
  11. Place the keyboard in front of the terminal. Plug the keyboard into the +keyboard connector.
  12. +
  13. Connect the communication cable to the terminal. See Communication +and Printer Cables in this chapter for more information. Also, +see Chapter 6 for information about connector use and signal/pin +definitions.
  14. +
  15. Connect the printer cable to the printer interface connector. See the +sections referenced in step 7.
  16. +
  17. Connect the external video device, such as a video monitor, to the +video output connector. The terminal uses a 75-ohm BNC connector. +See Appendix A for detailed specifications for this output.
  18. +
  19. Connect one end of the ac power cord to the terminal and the other +end to a nonswitched, grounded receptacle. +

    NOTE: Make sure the power switch is off (0) before connecting the +power cord.

  20. +
  21. Perform the power-up and checkout procedure in this chapter.
  22. +
+

Internal Communication Switch Selection

+

The terminal has ten internal communication switches to connect or disconnect +modem communication lines. See Chapter 6 for more information +on these communication lines. Select these switches by using the following +procedure.

+
    +
  1. Turn the power switch off (0) and loosen the two captive screws +holding the access cover in place (Figure 7-4).
  2. +
  3. Pull the access cover straight out from the back of the terminal, until +loose. Then move the cover to the left, off the supporting studs. Finally, +remove the cover by pulling straight out (Figure 7-5).
  4. +
  5. Select the communication switches. The terminal uses one communication +switch pack. However, there are three possible types of +switch packs used; two types use rocker switches and one type +uses slide switches. +

    To select the rocker switch, press the side of the switch that corresponds +to the desired selection. To select the slide switch, push the +switch tab to the side that corresponds to the desired setting. Figure +7-6 shows the location of the communication switches. Figure 7-7 +shows the communication lines connected (on, closed) or disconnected +(off, open) by these switches.

    +

    NOTE: Always use a small-blade screwdriver or ball-point pen to +change the communication switches. Never use a lead pencil.

  6. +
  7. Install the access cover. +

    CAUTION: You may damage the access cover by tightening the +captive screws too much.

  8. +
+

Communication and Printer Cables

+

You can order communication and printer cables from A&SG. See Chapter +10 for part numbers and ordering information. Table 7-1 describes each +communication cable used, and Figure 7-8 shows connection examples +for each cable.

+

Power-Up and Checkout Procedure

+

A power-up self-test procedure verifies the terminal operation each time +you power up. Power up and check out the terminal by using the following +procedure. See Figure 7-3.

+
    +
  1. Turn the power switch on (1). The terminal automatically runs the +power-up self-test. The test provides the following indications.

    + +

    When the power-up self-test finds an error, the terminal provides one +of the following indications.

    + +

    See Chapter 9 for more information about self-test failure.

  2. +
  3. Enter SET-UP to verify a successful test. A SET-UP display should +appear on the screen. If not call your local DIGITAL Field Service Office.
  4. +
  5. If the terminal powers up correctly, select the desired SET-UP features +as described in Chapter 3.
  6. +
  7. After you select the SET-UP features, record the feature selections +on the SET-UP label attached to the keyboard.
  8. +
  9. Save the SET-UP features by using SHIFT and S. See Chapter 3 for +more information about saving SET-UP features.
  10. +
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter8.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter8.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..890f8c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter8.html @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + +

8 Options

+

General

+

The VT102 uses only one internally installed option, the 20 mA current +loop option (VT1XX-CA). This chapter describes the option, its installation, +and checkout. See Chapter 10 for ordering information.

+

20 mA Current Loop Interface Option (VT1XX-CA)

+

This optional interface connects the terminal to a computer. The 20 mA +option consists of a board and interface connector. When this option is +installed, you must set the modem control SET-UP feature to FDX A (full-duplex +with no modem control). The internal communication switches are +not used with the 20 mA option. Figure 8-1 shows the 20 mA current loop +interface connector and pin assignments.

+

NOTE: The terminal uses either the 20 mA or standard modem interface. +If you use the standard modem interface with the 20 mA option, unplug +the cable connecting the option to the terminal controller board.

+

Option Installation

+

Install the option by using the following procedure (Figure 8-1).

+
    +
  1. Turn the power switch off (0) and unplug power cord.
  2. +
  3. Unplug keyboard, communication, printer, and composite video output +cables.
  4. +
  5. Loosen the two captive screws holding the access cover in place +(Figure 8-2).
  6. +
  7. Pull the access cover straight out from the back of the terminal, until +loose. Then move the cover to the left, off the supporting studs. Finally, +remove the access cover by pulling straight out (Figure 8-3).
  8. +
  9. Install the 20 mA option board in the access cover by using the three +Phillips head screws provided (Figure 8-4).
  10. +
  11. Install the 20 mA connector to the bottom of the access cover by using +the two spacers and two hex head screws provided.
  12. +
  13. Install the 20 mA loopback connector around a spacer holding the 20 +mA connector to the access cover. This prevents the loss of the +loopback connector.
  14. +
  15. Set the 20 mA transmit (TRANS) and receive (REC) switches to the +proper configuration (Figure 8-5). +

    The switches determine if the transmitter and receiver of the 20 mA +interface are active or normal (passive). Usually, the switches are +set for normal (passive) operation. Passive means the terminal does +not supply the 20 mA current used when communicating. Active +means the terminal supplies the 20 mA current when communicating.

    +

    NOTE: You must set these switches for normal (passive) operation +to perform the loopback self-test. The test verifies operation of the +20 mA option after installation.

  16. +
  17. Connect the adapter cable provided with the option to the 20 mA +board. Place the access cover next to its opening in the back of the +terminal. Connect the other end of the adapter cable to the connector +on the terminal controller board.
  18. +
  19. Hold the access cover straight up and move it to the right side of the +terminal opening. Push the access cover into the opening and feel +for the studs on the right in the terminal. Push the access cover onto +the studs until the cover is in place. Figure 8-3 shows how the access +cover fits on the studs.
  20. +
  21. Tighten the two captive screws that hold the access cover in place +(Figure 8-2). +

    CAUTION: You may damage the access cover by tightening the +captive screws too much.

  22. +
  23. Perform the following option checkout procedure.
  24. +
+

Option Checkout

+

The data loopback test verifies the 20 mA current loop option can transmit +and receive characters. Characters transmitted during the test pass +through the loopback connector back to the terminal. The test checks +these characters to verify the option's operation. Perform the data loopback +self-test by using the following procedure.

+
    +
  1. Turn the power switch off (0) and unplug the power cord (Figure 8-1).
  2. +
  3. Unplug the communication cable.
  4. +
  5. Install the 20 mA loopback connector (DIGITAL PN 70-15503-00) +supplied with the option (Figure 8-6).
  6. +
  7. Remove the access cover and set the 20 mA TRANS and REC +switches by using the following procedure. +

    NOTE: Remove the access cover only if the TRANS and REC +switches are not set to normal.

    +
      +
    1. Unplug the keyboard, printer, and composite video output cables.
    2. +
    3. Loosen the two captive screws holding the access cover in place +(Figure 8-2).
    4. +
    5. Pull the access cover straight out the back of the terminal, until +loose. Then, move the cover to the left, off the supporting studs. +Finally, remove the access cover by pulling straight out (Figure 8-3). +

      CAUTION: You may damage the access cover by tightening the +captive screws too much.

    6. +
    7. Connect the keyboard cable.
    8. +
  8. +
  9. Turn the power switch on (1). The terminal performs the power-up +self-test.
  10. +
  11. Enter SET-UP and select: +
  12. +
  13. Start the data loopback self-test by using one of the following sequences. + +++ + + + + + + + + + +
    ESC [ 2 ; 2 yPerforms test once.
    ESC [ 2 ; 10 yPerforms test continuously.
    +

    The single test displays the wait message while running. The test +ends with the following indications.

    + +

    The continuous test also displays the wait messages while running. +The test ends only when it finds an error or power is turned off.

    +

    When either test finds an error, the terminal displays an error code. +An error means the option is not operating correctly. Call your local +Digital Field Service Office for assistance.

  14. +
  15. Turn the power switch off (0) and remove the loopback connector.
  16. +
  17. If you set the TRANS and REC switches in step 4, select the correct +switch settings.
  18. +
  19. Connect the communications, printer, and video output cables.
  20. +
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter9.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter9.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b983c4f --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/chapter9.html @@ -0,0 +1,329 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + +

9 Maintenance and Troubleshooting

+

General

+

This chapter describes maintenance procedures, troubleshooting (what to +do in the event of a problem), and self-tests used with the VT102. You +should troubleshoot the terminal before requesting service.

+

Maintenance

+

The terminal does not need preventive maintenance. However, you can +clean terminal and screen surfaces with any mild detergent that does not +use solvents; apply the detergent with a cloth or tissue. To clean the +keys, rub with a dry or moist cloth.

+

CAUTION: Do not use too much detergent when cleaning the terminal. +Liquids can damage the inside of the terminal. Do not remove the keycaps +when cleaning; you can damage the keyswitch contacts by replacing +the keycaps incorrectly.

+

Troubleshooting

+

If you suspect a problem with the terminal, check Table 9-1 to see if the +symptoms are there. If the problem is not listed in Table 9-1, use the following +procedure:

+
    +
  1. Turn the power switch off (0) (Figure 9-1).
  2. +
  3. Check the following items. +

    Voltage selection switch and fuse. Make sure the switch is in the +correct position. Select 120 volts by performing the following procedure.

    +
      +
    1. Set the voltage selection switch to 115 (operating voltage range +99 to 128 Vac). On some terminals, the setting is 100 (operating range 87-107 Vac).
    2. +
    3. Remove the fuse holder cap by pressing in and turning counter-clockwise. +Check for a 1.25 A fuse (DIGITAL PN 90-0020-01) and +make sure the wire in the fuse is not broken.
    4. +
    +

    Select 220-240 volts by performing the following procedure.

    +
      +
    1. Set the voltage selection switch to 230 (operating voltage range 198 to 256 Vac). On some terminals, the setting is 250 (operating range 222-268 Vac).
    2. +
    3. Remove the fuse holder cap by pressing in and turning counter-clockwise. +Check for a 0.75 A slow blow fuse (DIGITAL PN 12-11237-00) +and make sure the wire in the fuse is not broken.
    4. +
    +

    Power cord. Make sure the cord is connected securely at both the +terminal and the wall outlet. Check ac power at the wall outlet with +another device such as a lamp.

    +

    Keyboard coiled cord. Make sure the cord is securely plugged into +the keyboard connector at the back of the terminal.

  4. +
  5. Perform all the tests in the following section.
  6. +
+

Self-Tests

+

The terminal uses self-tests to verify operation. The self-tests provided +are a power-up self-test, three loopback self-tests, and a printer test. The +power-up self-test runs each time the terminal is powered up. The loopback +self-tests may run after the power-up self-test ends; these self-tests +need an optional loopback test connector. The printer test ensures that +the terminal and printer can communicate.

+

Power-Up Self Test

+

A power-up self-test runs each time you turn the power on (power up). +The test checks general terminal operation, user memory (holding SET-UP +features), and the keyboard. Perform the power-up self-test by using +the following procedure.

+
    +
  1. Start the power-up self-test in one of the following ways. + +

    The single test ends with the following indications.

    + +

    The continuous test also displays test data, the wait message, then +erases screen. This test ends only if it finds an error or power is +turned off.

    +

    When the power-up self-test finds an error, the terminal provides one +of the following indications.

    + +

    There are two failures that allow the terminal operation to continue: a +user memory failure indicated by a 2 on the screen and several bell +tones, and a keyboard failure indicated by a 4 on the screen. The +user memory failure allows continued operation after you select SET-UP +features in operating memory. The keyboard failure allows the +terminal to continue to operate as a receive-only terminal.

  2. +
  3. After a single test, enter SET-UP to verify a successful test. A SET-UP +A display should appear on the screen. If not, call your local +DIGITAL Field Service Office.
  4. +
+

Data Loopback Self-Test

+

The data loopback self-test verifies that the terminal can transmit and receive +characters. You must connect the transmit and receive lines to +each other with the EIA loopback connector (DIGITAL PN 12-15336) available +from the DIGITAL Accessories and Supplies Group (Chapter 10). The +terminal transmits characters on the transmit line and receives the characters +on the receive line. Perform the data loopback self-test by using +the following procedure.

+

NOTE: See Chapter 8 to perform the data loopback self-test with the +20 mA current loop option (VT1XX-CA) installed.

+
    +
  1. Turn the power switch off (0).
  2. +
  3. Unplug the communication cable and install the EIA loopback connector +on the modem connector (Figure 9-2).
  4. +
  5. The internal communication switch S6 must be on (closed) to perform +this test. If the switch is off (open), remove the access cover, +turn the switch on (closed), and install the access cover. See Internal +Communication Switch Selection in Chapter 7 for details. +

    NOTE: Usually, this switch is only open when you set the modem +control SET-UP feature for asymmetric full-duplex (FDX C).

  6. +
  7. Turn the power switch on (1). The terminal performs the power-up +self-test.
  8. +
  9. Type one of the following sequences to perform the data loopback +self-test. The terminal must be off-line with the ANSI/VT52 SET-UP +feature set to ANSI (SET-UP B switch 2-3 = 1). + +++ + + + + + + + + + +
    ESC [ 2 ; 2 yPerforms the self-test once.
    ESC [ 2 ; 10 yPerforms the self-test continuously.
    +

    The single test displays the wait message while running. The single +test ends with the following indications.

    + +

    The continuous test displays the wait message while running. The +test ends only if it finds an error or power is turned off.

    +

    When the test finds an error, the terminal displays an error character. +Call your local DIGITAL Field Service office for assistance.

  10. +
  11. If the test runs successfully, turn the power switch off and remove +the loopback connector. If you set switch S6 to run this test, change +the switch to its original position.
  12. +
  13. Connect the communication cable.
  14. +
+

EIA Loopback Self-Test

+

The EIA loopback self-test verifies that the terminal can operate its +modem control lines. Perform the EIA loopback self-test by using the following +procedure.

+
    +
  1. Turn the power switch off (0).
  2. +
  3. Unplug the communication cable and install the EIA loopback connector +on the modem connector (Figure 9-2). The EIA loopback connecotr +(DIGITAL PN 12-15336) is available from the DIGITAL A&SG +(Chapter 10).
  4. +
  5. The internal communication switches S1, S2, S4, S6, S8, and S9 must +be on (closed) to perform this test. If any of these switches are off +(open), remove the access cover, turn the switches on (closed), and +install the access cover. See Internal Communication Switch Selection +in Chapter 7 for details.
  6. +
  7. Turn the power switch on (1). The terminal performs the power-up +self-test.
  8. +
  9. Type one of the following sequences to perform the EIA loopback +self-test. The terminal must be off-line with the ANSI/VT52 SET-UP +feature set to ANSI (SET-UP B switch 2-3 = 1). + +++ + + + + + + + + + +
    ESC [ 2 ; 4 yPerforms the self-test once.
    ESC [ 2 ; 12 yPerforms the self-test continuously.
    +

    The single test displays the wait message while running. The test +ends with the following indications.

    + +

    The continuous test displays the wait message while running. The +test ends only if it finds an error or power is turned off.

    +

    When the test finds an error, the terminal displays an error character. +Call your DIGITAL Field Service office for assistance.

  10. +
  11. If the test runs successfully, turn the power switch off and remove +the loopback connector. If you set switches S1, S2, S4, S6, S8 or S9 +to run the test, change the switches to their original position.
  12. +
  13. Connect the communication cable.
  14. +
+

Printer Loopback Self-Test

+

The printer loopback self-test verifies that the terminal's printer interface +can transmit and receive characters. In this test, you connect the transmit +and receive lines with the EIA loopback connector. The terminal transmits +characters on the transmit line and receives the characters on the receive +line. Perform the printer loopback self-test by using the following +procedure.

+
    +
  1. Turn the power switch off (0).
  2. +
  3. Unplug the printer cable and install the EIA loopback connector on +the printer interface connector (Figure 9-3). The EIA loopback connector +(DIGITAL PN 12-15336) is available from A&SG.
  4. +
  5. Turn the power switch on (1). The terminal performs the power-up +self-test.
  6. +
  7. Type one of the following sequences to perform the printer loopback +self-test. The terminal is off-line with the ANSI/VT52 SET-UP B feature +set to ANSI (SET-UP B switch 2-3 = 1). + +++ + + + + + + + + + +
    ESC [ 2 ; 16 yPerforms the self-test once.
    ESC [ 2 ; 24 yPerforms the self-test continuously.
    +

    The single test displays the wait message while running. The test +provides the following indications.

    + +

    The continuous test displays the wait message while running. The +test ends only if it finds an error or power is turned off.

    +

    When the test finds an error, the terminal displays an error character. +This indicates a printer interface failure. Call your local DIGITAL +Field Service office for assistance.

  8. +
  9. Turn the power switch off (0) and remove the loopback connector.
  10. +
  11. Connect the printer cable.
  12. +
+

Printer Test

+

The printer test verifies that the terminal and printer can communicate. +This test generates sample data for printing and transmits that data to the +printer. Perform the printer test by using the following procedure.

+
    +
  1. Connect the printer cable to the printer and the terminal's printer +connector. Turn both the terminal and printer on.
  2. +
  3. Make sure the following terminal and printer features match. +
  4. +
  5. Type the following sequence on the keyboard. The terminal must be +off-line with the ANSI/VT52 SET-UP feature set to ANSI (SET-UP B +switch 2-3 = 1). + +++ + + + + + +
    ESC # 8The screen fills with E's.
  6. +
  7. Hold down SHIFT and press (PRINT); the E's should print. If the E's +do not print, call your local DIGITAL Field Service Office.
  8. +
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char137.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char137.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8c96ae4 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char137.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char140.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char140.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..63bf745 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char140.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char141.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char141.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a378b39 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char141.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char142.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char142.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0728f04 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char142.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char143.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char143.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac153b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char143.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char144.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char144.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..931c8be Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char144.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char145.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char145.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..94e48ad Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char145.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char146.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char146.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c2e0c8b Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char146.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char147.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char147.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..74d4e50 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char147.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char150.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char150.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4ff2043 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char150.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char151.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char151.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bd22fdb Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char151.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char152.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char152.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1f7ca1d Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char152.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char153.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char153.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aaa41ee Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char153.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char154.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char154.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..faa200f Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char154.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char155.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char155.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8c40f1b Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char155.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char156.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char156.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..159749e Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char156.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char157.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char157.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ed6e2c Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char157.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char160.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char160.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d238172 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char160.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char161.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char161.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..15794ad Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char161.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char162.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char162.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d6bb5d8 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char162.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char163.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char163.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4ce3ae5 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char163.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char164.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char164.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8550dcf Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char164.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char165.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char165.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e60b9f Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char165.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char166.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char166.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2c19d0d Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char166.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char167.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char167.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a9c3d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char167.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char170.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char170.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dea9e96 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char170.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char171.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char171.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..82ed684 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char171.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char172.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char172.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..adc70c1 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char172.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char173.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char173.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a6a39ed Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char173.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char174.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char174.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc507e4 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char174.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char175.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char175.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..067543a Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char175.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/char176.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char176.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3b4c9d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/char176.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/contents.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/contents.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ee610f --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/contents.html @@ -0,0 +1,416 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + +

Contents

+

Introduction

+

Chapter 1 - Operating Information

+ +

Chapter 2 - Printing

+ +

Chapter 3 - SET-UP Features

+ +

Chapter 4 - Transmitted Characters

+ +

Chapter 5 - Received Character Processing

+ +

Chapter 6 - Communication

+ +

Chapter 7 - Installation

+ +

Chapter 8 - Options

+ +

Chapter 9 - Maintenance and Troubleshooting

+ +

Chapter 10 - Accessories and Supplies

+ +

Appendix A - Specifications

+

Appendix B - Set-Up Summary

+

Appendix C - Programming Summary

+

Appendix D - Control Functions (Sequence Formats)

+

Appendix E - VT102/VT100 Differences

+

Figures

+ +

Tables

+ + + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/cover.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/cover.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d2584a Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/cover.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-1.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c089161 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-1.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 1-1 On-Line General Block Diagram
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-2.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-2.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..46d2901 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-2.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 1-2 Off-Line General Block Diagram
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-3.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-3.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0eff829 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-3.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 1-3 Monitor Controls
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-4.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-4.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad9bc45 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-4.html @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + ++ + + + + + + + +
Figure 1-4 VT102 Keyboard
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-5.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-5.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..69293a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-5.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 1-5 Standard Keys
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-6.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-6.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f28451a --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-6.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 1-6 Function Keys
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-7.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-7.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..343da85 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-7.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 1-7 Printing Keys
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-8.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-8.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1be9986 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-8.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 1-8 SET-UP Keys
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-9.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-9.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..49d46ba --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure1-9.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 1-9 Keyboard Indicators
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure10-1.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure10-1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..62b28db --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure10-1.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 10-1 Accessories
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure2-1.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure2-1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1895486 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure2-1.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 2-1 Local Printing Configuration
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-10.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-10.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e7aa920 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-10.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 3-10 Local Echo
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-11.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-11.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e26caf --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-11.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 3-11 Answerback Message Summary
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-1a.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-1a.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0178c62 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-1a.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 3-1 SET-UP A Display | SET-UP B Display
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-1b.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-1b.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0424f00 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-1b.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 3-1b SET-UP B Display | SET-UP A Display
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-2.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-2.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..407ec21 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-2.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 3-2 SET-UP Feature Memories
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-3.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-3.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6dd361a --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-3.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 3-3 Default SET-UP Features
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-4.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-4.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff4e26b --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-4.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 3-4 On/Off Line General Block Diagram
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-5.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-5.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6983d14 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-5.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 3-5 SET-UP A Display
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-6.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-6.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ade0a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-6.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 3-6 80- and 132-Column Displays
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-7.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-7.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0cf819e --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-7.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 3-7 SET-UP B Display
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-8.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-8.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..71302fc --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-8.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 3-8 SET-UP B Summary
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-9.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-9.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..497f1db --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure3-9.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 3-9 Screen Background
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure4-1.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure4-1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e0457d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure4-1.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 4-1 Standard Key Codes
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure4-2.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure4-2.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..90aebf7 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure4-2.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 4-2 Function Keys
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure4-3.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure4-3.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b998835 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure4-3.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 4-3 Function Key Control Codes
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-1.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce007b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-1.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 6-1 Modem Connector Location and Pin Numbering
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-2.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-2.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..67df912 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-2.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 6-2 Connecting to the Computer
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-3.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-3.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b90633c --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-3.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 6-3 Communication Switch Summary
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-4.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-4.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5fa9cb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-4.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 6-4 Serial Character Format
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-5.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-5.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca1c1dc --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure6-5.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 6-5 Printer Connector Location and Pin Numbering
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-1.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e9887a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-1.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 7-1 Terminal Dimensions
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-2.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-2.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f1ee70 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-2.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 7-2 Terminal Packaging
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-3.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-3.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a60f48 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-3.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 7-3 Power Switch and Cable Locations
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-4.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-4.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..75e0eed --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-4.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 7-4 Access Cover Screw Locations
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-5.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-5.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..526c345 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-5.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 7-5 Access Cover Removal
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-6.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-6.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..31a790c --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-6.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 7-6 Internal Communication Switch Locations
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-7.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-7.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3e10e40 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-7.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 7-7 Internal Communication Switch Selections
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-8.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-8.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01e33d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure7-8.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 7-8 Cable Connection Examples
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-1.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..97be6f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-1.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 8-1 20 mA Connector and Pin Assignments
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-2.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-2.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d176b3f --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-2.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 8-2 Access Cover Screw Locations
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-3.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-3.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c4d253e --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-3.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 8-3 Access Cover Removal
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-4.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-4.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c99e14 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-4.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 8-4 20 mA Board Installation
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-5.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-5.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d6c8d08 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-5.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 8-5 20 mA Board Configuration
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-6.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-6.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..159e34f --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure8-6.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 8-6 20 mA Loopback Connector
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure9-1.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure9-1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..031c50c --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure9-1.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 9-1 Monitor Controls
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure9-2.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure9-2.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f6e8dba --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure9-2.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 9-2 EIA Loopback Connector (Modem)
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure9-3.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure9-3.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..337dfb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figure9-3.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure 9-3 EIA Loopback Connector (Printer)
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figurea-1.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figurea-1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..56a96e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figurea-1.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure A-1 Composite Video Output
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figurec-1.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figurec-1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1f3aeac --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figurec-1.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure C-1 Standard Key Codes
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/figurec-2.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figurec-2.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..76fb631 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/figurec-2.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + +
Figure C-2 Function Key Control Codes
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/index.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3b63599 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + +

VT102 User Guide

+
To the Contents Page
+

Download this entire book as a gzipped tar file (779 KB) or +zip file (873 KB). +Please do not make this archive file or book available on other Web sites.

+

This document is a reproduction of the third edition of this book, +published by Digital in February 1982. Although I have proof-read this, there +may still be errors remaining. If you find one, please tell me!

+

Thanks to Kevin Poynor for giving me a copy of this book.

+

EK-VT102-UG-003

+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/introduction.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/introduction.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f6817df --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/introduction.html @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + +

Introduction

+

Product Introduction

+

The VT102 video terminal is an input and output device of a computer. +The terminal uses a keyboard and video screen to communicate with a +computer.

+

As an input device, the terminal transmits keyboard entries to the computer.

+

As an output device, the terminal displays characters received from the +computer on the screen (using advanced video features) or prints them +on an optional printer. The optional printer connects to a serial printer interface +included with the terminal. The printer provides printed copy without +the need for a separate communication line and interface to the computer.

+

How To Use This Manual

+

This user guide describes general operating information, interface information, +control function descriptions, and specific installation and checkout +procedures. The main audiences for this guide are the operator, application +programmer, and terminal installer. However, the operator should +use this guide only as a reference when operating the terminal. The +primary reference for the operator is the document that describes how to +use the application software. The application software (program) determines +how the computer and terminal operate.

+

The information in this user guide is divided by function. This allows you to +reference a specific chapter when you want to perform a given function. +Chapters are arranged by frequency of use. For example, operating information +is frequently used, so it appears in Chapter 1; however, installation +is usually performed only once, so it appears in Chapter 7.

+

Chapter 1 provides a general description of terminal controls and indicators. +It also describes general operating procedures. Detailed operating +procedures depend on the computer and software.

+

Chapter 2 describes how to print with the optional serial printer. It also +describes the keyboard procedures that select printing operations.

+

Chapter 3 describes each SET-UP feature in detail and how to select +each feature. Many SET-UP features change the way the terminal +communicates with the computer. Chapter 6 provides detailed information on +communication and related SET-UP features.

+

Chapter 4 shows the characters transmitted by each terminal key.

+

Chapter 5 describes how the terminal processes received characters. It +also describes the use of control functions. Control functions control the +display, processing, and transmission, of characters received by the terminal. +The application programmer uses this chapter when creating applications +software for the terminal.

+

Chapter 6 describes how the terminal communicates with the computer +and printer. It includes descriptions of the communication features.

+

Chapter 7 describes unpacking and installation procedures, including environmental +conditions to consider before installation. The chapter also +describes step-by-step procedures to turn on (power up) and check out +(verify the proper operation of) the terminal.

+

Chapter 8 describes the 20 mA current loop interface option, including installation +and checkout procedures.

+

Chapter 9 describes all maintenance and troubleshooting procedures to +use before requesting service. The troubleshooting information covers the +terminal's self-tests.

+

Chapter 10 lists each accessory and supply, including part number and +ordering information.

+

Appendix A provides VT102 specifications.

+

Appendix B summarizes the SET-UP feature displays.

+

Appendix C summarizes the character codes and control functions used +to program the terminal.

+

Appendix D describes the ANSI code extension techniques used to create +escape and control sequences.

+

Appendix E describes the differences between the VT102 and VT100 terminals.

+

Warnings, Cautions, and Notes
+Warnings, cautions, and notes have specific meanings in this user guide. +Warnings contain information to prevent personal injury. Cautions contain +information to prevent damage to the terminal. Notes contain important +general information.

+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/0.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/0.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3250391 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/0.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/2.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/2.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b31aba8 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/2.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/3.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/3.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f9b5698 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/3.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/4.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/4.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b943a76 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/4.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/5.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/5.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8328635 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/5.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/6.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/6.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6df4e54 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/6.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/7.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/7.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..887a6ec Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/7.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/8.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/8.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f968645 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/8.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/9.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/9.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9213879 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/9.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/a.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/a.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..de24526 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/a.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/arrows.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/arrows.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..31d384e Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/arrows.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/arrowslr.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/arrowslr.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..05f705e Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/arrowslr.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/arrowsud.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/arrowsud.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..051c7c2 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/arrowsud.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/backspace.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/backspace.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..19a3e20 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/backspace.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/breakhereis.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/breakhereis.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0b8abf Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/breakhereis.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/c.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/c.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..02700c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/c.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/capslock.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/capslock.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1e40d1a Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/capslock.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/ctrl.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/ctrl.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a160d2 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/ctrl.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/d.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/d.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7beeed3 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/d.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/delete.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/delete.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..68379b5 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/delete.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/esc.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/esc.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2c6f60d Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/esc.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/linefeed.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/linefeed.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d59a561 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/linefeed.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/m.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/m.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a636acd Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/m.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/noscroll.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/noscroll.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..22d8c6d Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/noscroll.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/p.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/p.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3834511 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/p.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/printenter.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/printenter.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc1545a Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/printenter.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/r.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/r.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c53b56a Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/r.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/return1.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/return1.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01e027a Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/return1.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/s.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/s.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..30d96b2 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/s.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/setup.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/setup.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d43ac4f Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/setup.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/shift1.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/shift1.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0607916 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/shift1.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/t.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/t.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..902c3dd Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/t.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/tab.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/tab.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5052ed9 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/keys/br/tab.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-1991.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-1991.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1f39abb Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-1991.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-1993a.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-1993a.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6b189a1 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-1993a.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c1.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c1.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ddeb690 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c1.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c2.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c2.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4f568db Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c2.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c3.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c3.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..59ba940 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c3.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c4.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c4.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cac72b0 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c4.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c5.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c5.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..151c431 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c5.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c6.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c6.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ab3c38 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-3089c6.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-5765.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-5765.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..810d033 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-5765.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6644.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6644.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b8c2e4b Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6644.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6645.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6645.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fcafa49 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6645.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6653a.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6653a.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f125299 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6653a.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6656.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6656.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8696fd8 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6656.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6666a.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6666a.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ef143a Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6666a.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6667a.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6667a.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2c3681c Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6667a.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6668.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6668.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40ebd2b Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6668.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6673b.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6673b.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aecac5c Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6673b.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6673c.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6673c.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..36201cf Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6673c.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6674a.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6674a.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..22a38b6 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6674a.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6675d.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6675d.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4e280cd Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6675d.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6675e.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6675e.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c53e27d Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6675e.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6675g.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6675g.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1af9ceb Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6675g.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6676a.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6676a.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1bf526f Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-6676a.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7256d.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7256d.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..61d4e15 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7256d.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7256g.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7256g.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d4f5139 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7256g.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7418b.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7418b.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5764f7d Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7418b.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7419b.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7419b.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8261c90 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7419b.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7776a.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7776a.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..844eebc Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7776a.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7813a.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7813a.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cb6d1ed Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7813a.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7813a1.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7813a1.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0826498 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7813a1.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7815.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7815.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..91b6c1b Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7815.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7816a.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7816a.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e741ec9 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7816a.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7817a.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7817a.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..83b0265 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7817a.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7867b.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7867b.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..560cf82 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7867b.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7868b.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7868b.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8ba71b Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7868b.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7868c.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7868c.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27f385e Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-7868c.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-8074.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-8074.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1aa3819 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-8074.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-8390.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-8390.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc455bf Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-8390.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-8391.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-8391.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a776d7f Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-8391.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9361.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9361.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c8b4159 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9361.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9362.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9362.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f568734 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9362.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9363.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9363.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3e12251 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9363.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9364.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9364.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..762368d Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9364.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9499.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9499.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5631a0 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9499.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9499a.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9499a.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8ef465c Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/ma-9499a.png differ diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table1-1.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table1-1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6787156 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table1-1.html @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 1-1 Keyboard Locked Condition
CauseMethod of Clearing
Terminal not connected to computer. +Communication line signals are not +correct for communication.Cleared when a connection exists +between computer and terminal. +Check CTS and DSR indicators to +determine if a connection exists.
Half-duplex communication is selected +(by modem control SET-UP feature) and +terminal is receiving characters. Terminal +cannot transmit characters when +receiving characters in half-duplex.Cleared when line turns around and +terminal can transmit characters.
Characters are typed into terminal +faster than they can be transmitted.Cleared when terminal transmits +characters in keyboard character +buffer to computer.
A print operation selected while offline.Cleared when print operation ends.
Computer turns off keyboard.Computer turns on keyboard.

NOTE: Entering and exiting SET-UP with KBD LOCKED on erases the keyboard +character buffer and cancels printing or print operation requests.

+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table3-1.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table3-1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4902460 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table3-1.html @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + +++ +++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 3-1 SET-UP Features The Computer Can Change
SET-UP FeatureChangesSET-UP FeatureChanges
On/off line-Break enable-
Screen brightness-Disconnect character enable-
Columns per lineXDisconnect delay-
Tab stopsXAuto answerback enable-
ScrollXInitial direction-
  
Auto repeatXAuto turnaround-
Screen backgroundXPower-
Cursor-WPS terminal-
Margin bell-Clock-
Keyclick-Modem data/parity bits-
  
ANSI/VT52XTransmit speed-
Auto XON/XOFF-Receive speed-
US/UK character setXModem control-
Auto wrapXTurnaround/disconnect character-
Linefeed/new lineXAnswerback-
  
Local echoXPrinter data/parity bits-
Print terminationXTransmit/receive speed-
Print extentX 
One or two stop bits- 
Receive parity- 
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table3-2.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table3-2.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8ff17c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table3-2.html @@ -0,0 +1,288 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 3-2 SET-UP Feature Types
SET-UP FeatureOperator PreferenceCommunication CompatibilityInstallation
On/off line-X-
Screen brightnessX--
Columns per line-X-
Tab stops-X-
Scroll-X-
 
Auto repeatX--
Screen backgroundX--
CursorX--
Margin bellX--
KeyclickX--
 
ANSI/VT52-X-
Auto XON/XOFF-X-
US/UK character set-X-
Auto wrap-X-
Linefeed/new line-X-
 
Local echo-X-
Print termination-X-
Print extent-X-
One or two stop bits-X-
Receive parity-X-
 
Break enable-X-
Disconnect character enable-X-
Disconnect delay-X-
Auto answerback enable-X-
Initial direction-X-
 
Auto turnaround-X-
Power--X
WPS terminal--X
Clock--X
Modem data/parity bits-X-
 
Transmit speed-X-
Receive speed-X-
Modem control-X-
Turnaround/disconnect character-X-
Answerback-X-
 
Printer data/parity bits-X-
Transmit/receive speed-X-
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table3-3.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table3-3.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f522fd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table3-3.html @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 3-3 Data/Parity Bits Selections
P=Data Bits Per CharacterParity
7M7Mark
7S7Space
7O7Odd
7E7Even
7N7No parity bit
8O8Odd
8E8Even
8N8No parity bit
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table3-4.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table3-4.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6df49f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table3-4.html @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + +++ +++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 3-4 Turnaround/Disconnect Character Selections
Turnaround Characters (HDX B only)Disconnect Characters
NameMnemonicNameMnemonic
Form feedFFEnd of transmissionEOT
End of textETXEnd of transmissionEOT
End of transmissionEOTData link escape - end of transmissionDLE EOT
Carriage returnCREnd of transmissionEOT
Device control 3DC3End of transmissionEOT
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table4-1.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table4-1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cbeeee8 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table4-1.html @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 4-1 Cursor Control Key Codes
Cursor KeyANSI ModeVT52 Mode
Cursor Key Mode ResetCursor Key Mode Set 
[Up]
ESC  [  A
+033 133 101
ESC  O  A
+033 117 101
ESC  A
+033 101
[Down]
ESC  [  B
+033 133 102
ESC  O  B
+033 117 102
ESC  B
+033 102
[Right]
ESC  [  C
+033 133 103
ESC  O  C
+033 117 103
ESC  C
+033 103
[Left]
ESC  [  D
+033 133 104
ESC  O  D
+033 117 104
ESC  D
+033 104
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table4-2.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table4-2.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3738c09 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table4-2.html @@ -0,0 +1,290 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 4-2 Control Codes Generated
Control CharacterMnemonicTransmitted Code (Octal)Key Pressed with CTRLDedicated Key
NullNUL000Space Bar-
Start of headingSOH001A-
Start of textSTX002B-
End of textETX003C-
End of transmissionEOT004D-
EnquireENQ005E-
AcknowledgeACK006F-
BellBEL007G-
Back spaceBS010HBACK SPACE
Horizontal tabulationHT011ITAB
LinefeedLF012JLINE FEED
Vertical tabulationVT013K-
Form feedFF014L-
Carriage returnCR015MRETURN*
Shift outSO016N-
Shift inSI017O-
Data link escapeDLE020P-
Device control 1DC1 (XON)021Q-
Device control 2DC2022R-
Device control 3DC3 (XOFF)023S-
Device control 4DC4024T-
Negative acknowledgeNAK025U-
Synchronous idleSYN026V-
End of transmission blockETB027W-
Cancel of previous word or characterCAN030X-
End of mediumEM031Y-
SubstituteSUB032Z-
EscapeESC033[-
File separatorFS034\-
Group separatorGS035]-
Record separatorRS036~-
Unit separatorUS037?-
DeleteDEL177 DELETE
* The numeric keypad mode determines whether RETURN and ENTER generate the same control codes. The +codes generated by RETURN are changed by two feature selections: +
    +
  • The auto turnaround SET-UP feature when using half-duplex coded control (HDX B). The turnaround/disconnect +SET-UP feature selected the turnaround character. If the turnaround character is carriage +return (CR), the terminal transmits only one CR when you press RETURN.

  • +
  • The line feed/new line feature. When this feature is on, RETURN generates two characters (CR, LF). When +this feature is off, RETURN generates a CR.

  • +
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table4-3.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table4-3.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..822f5a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table4-3.html @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 4-3 VT102 Key Changes
Control CodeVT102Previous Terminals
NUL (octal 000)CTRL Space BarCTRL @
RS (octal 036)CTRL ~CTRL ^
US (octal 037)CTRL ?CTRL _
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table4-4.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table4-4.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e246b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table4-4.html @@ -0,0 +1,229 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 4-4 Keypad Codes
KeyANSI ModeVT52 Mode
Numeric Keypad ModeApplication Keypad ModeNumeric Keypad ModeApplication Keypad Mode
00
060
ESC  O   p
+033 117 160
0
060
ESC  ?   p
+033 077 160
11
061
ESC  O   q
+033 117 161
1
061
ESC  ?   q
+033 077 161
22
062
ESC  O   r
+033 117 162
2
062
ESC  ?   r
+033 077 162
33
063
ESC  O   s
+033 117 163
3
063
ESC  ?   s
+033 077 163
44
064
ESC  O   t
+033 117 164
4
064
ESC  ?   t
+033 077 164
55
065
ESC  O   u
+033 117 165
5
065
ESC  ?   u
+033 077 165
66
066
ESC  O   v
+033 117 166
6
066
ESC  ?   v
+033 077 166
77
067
ESC  O   w
+033 117 167
7
067
ESC  ?   w
+033 077 167
88
070
ESC  O   x
+033 117 170
8
070
ESC  ?   x
+033 077 170
99
071
ESC  O   y
+033 117 171
9
071
ESC  ?   y
+033 077 171
-- (minus)
055
ESC  O   m
+033 117 155
- (minus)
055
ESC  ?   m
+033 077 155*
,, (comma)
054
ESC  O   l
+033 117 154
, (comma)
054
ESC  ?   l
+033 077 154*
.. (period)
056
ESC  O   n
+033 117 156
. (period)
056
ESC  ?   n
+033 077 156
ENTERCR or CR LF
015 or 015 012
ESC  O   M
+033 117 115
CR or CR LF
015 or 015 012
ESC  ?   M
+033 077 115
PF1
ESC  O   P
+033 117 120
ESC  O   P
+033 117 120
ESC  P
+033 120
ESC  P
+033 120
PF2
ESC  O   Q
+033 117 121
ESC  O   Q
+033 117 121
ESC  Q
+033 121
ESC  Q
+033 121
PF3
ESC  O   R
+033 117 122
ESC  O   R
+033 117 122
ESC  R
+033 122
ESC  R
+033 122
PF4
ESC  O   S
+033 117 123
ESC  O   S
+033 117 123
ESC  S
+033 123
ESC  S
+033 123

* These sequences are not generated by the VT52 terminal

+

† In numeric keypad mode (application keypad mode off), you can change the ENTER character code with the +linefeed/new line feature. When off, this feature causes ENTER to generate a single control character +(CR, octal 015). When on, this feature causes ENTER to generate two characters (CR, octal 015 and LF, +octal 012).

+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-1.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d41a4a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-1.html @@ -0,0 +1,782 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + +++++++++++++++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 5-1 ASCII Table
ROWCOLUMN01234567
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 BITS
b7
b6
b5
b4b3b2b1
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 0
 0 
 0
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 0
 0 
 1
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 0
 1 
 0
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 0
 1 
 1
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 1
 0 
 0
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 1
 0 
 1
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 1
 1 
 0
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 1
 1 
 1
 
0 + + + + + + + + +
0000
NUL0
0
0
DLE20
16
10
SP40
32
20
060
48
30
@100
64
40
P120
80
50
`140
96
60
p160
112
70
1 + + + + + + + + +
0001
SOH1
1
1
DC1
(XON)
21
17
11
!41
33
21
161
49
31
A101
65
41
Q121
81
51
a141
97
61
q161
113
71
2 + + + + + + + + +
0010
STX2
2
2
DC222
18
12
"42
34
22
262
50
32
B102
66
42
R122
82
52
b142
98
62
r162
114
72
3 + + + + + + + + +
0011
ETX3
3
3
DC3
(XOFF)
23
19
13
#43
35
23
363
51
33
C103
67
43
S123
83
53
c143
99
63
s163
115
73
4 + + + + + + + + +
0100
EOT4
4
4
DC424
20
14
$44
36
24
464
52
34
D104
68
44
T124
84
54
d144
100
64
t164
116
74
5 + + + + + + + + +
0101
ENQ5
5
5
NAK25
21
15
%45
37
25
565
53
35
E105
69
45
U125
85
55
e145
101
65
u165
117
75
6 + + + + + + + + +
0110
ACK6
6
6
SYN26
22
16
&46
38
26
666
54
36
F106
70
46
V126
86
56
f146
102
66
v166
118
76
7 + + + + + + + + +
0111
BEL7
7
7
ETB27
23
17
'47
39
27
767
55
37
G107
71
47
W127
87
57
g147
103
67
w167
119
77
8 + + + + + + + + +
1000
BS10
8
8
CAN30
24
18
(50
40
28
870
56
38
H110
72
48
X130
88
58
h150
104
68
x170
120
78
9 + + + + + + + + +
1001
HT11
9
9
EM31
25
19
)51
41
29
971
57
39
I111
73
49
Y131
89
59
i151
105
69
y171
121
79
10 + + + + + + + + +
1010
LF12
10
A
SUB32
26
1A
*52
42
2A
:72
58
3A
J112
74
4A
Z132
90
5A
j152
106
6A
z172
122
7A
11 + + + + + + + + +
1011
VT13
11
B
ESC33
27
1B
+53
43
2B
;73
59
3B
K113
75
4B
[133
91
5B
k153
107
6B
{173
123
7B
12 + + + + + + + + +
1100
FF14
12
C
FS34
28
1C
,54
44
2C
<74
60
3C
L114
76
4C
\134
92
5C
l154
108
6C
|174
124
7C
13 + + + + + + + + +
1101
CR15
13
D
GS35
29
1D
-55
45
2D
=75
61
3D
M115
77
4D
]135
93
5D
m155
109
6D
}175
125
7D
14 + + + + + + + + +
1110
SO16
14
E
RS36
30
1E
.56
46
2E
>76
62
3E
N116
78
4E
^136
94
5E
n156
110
6E
~176
126
7E
15 + + + + + + + + +
1111
SI17
15
F
US37
31
1F
/57
47
2F
?77
63
3F
O117
79
4F
_137
95
5F
o157
111
6F
DEL177
127
7F
+ ++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
KEY 
CHARACTER  +++ + + + + + +
ESC33
27
1B
 OCTAL
 DECIMAL
 HEX
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-10.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-10.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d98cba0 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-10.html @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 5-10 ANSI Keypad Codes
KeyNumeric Keypad ModeApplication Keypad Mode
00
060
ESC  O   p
+033 117 160
11
061
ESC  O   q
+033 117 161
22
062
ESC  O   r
+033 117 162
33
063
ESC  O   s
+033 117 163
44
064
ESC  O   t
+033 117 164
55
065
ESC  O   u
+033 117 165
66
066
ESC  O   v
+033 117 166
77
067
ESC  O   w
+033 117 167
88
070
ESC  O   x
+033 117 170
99
071
ESC  O   y
+033 117 171
- (minus)- (minus)
055
ESC  O   m
+033 117 155
, (comma), (comma)
054
ESC  O   l
+033 117 154
. (period). (period)
056
ESC  O   n
+033 117 156
ENTER*CR or CR LF
015 or 015 012
ESC  O   M
+033 117 115
PF1
ESC  O   P
+033 117 120
ESC  O   P
+033 117 120
PF2
ESC  O   Q
+033 117 121
ESC  O   Q
+033 117 121
PF3
ESC  O   R
+033 117 122
ESC  O   R
+033 117 122
PF4
ESC  O   S
+033 117 123
ESC  O   S
+033 117 123

NOTE: In ANSI mode, if the codes are echoed back to the terminal or if the +terminal is off-line, the last character of the sequence appears on the screen; for +example, PF4 appears as an "S".

* In numeric keypad mode, ENTER generates the same characters as RETURN. +You can change the RETURN key character code with the line feed/new line +feature. When off, this feature causes the key to generate a single control +character (CR, octal 015). When on, this feature causes the key to generate two +characters (CR, octal 015 and LF, octal 012).

+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-11.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-11.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a1caf24 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-11.html @@ -0,0 +1,782 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + +++++++++++++++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 5-11 United Kingdom Character Set
ROWCOLUMN01234567
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 BITS
b7
b6
b5
b4b3b2b1
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 0
 0 
 0
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 0
 0 
 1
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 0
 1 
 0
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 0
 1 
 1
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 1
 0 
 0
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 1
 0 
 1
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 1
 1 
 0
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 1
 1 
 1
 
0 + + + + + + + + +
0000
NUL0
0
0
 20
16
10
SP40
32
20
060
48
30
@100
64
40
P120
80
50
`140
96
60
p160
112
70
1 + + + + + + + + +
0001
 1
1
1
DC1
(XON)
21
17
11
!41
33
21
161
49
31
A101
65
41
Q121
81
51
a141
97
61
q161
113
71
2 + + + + + + + + +
0010
 2
2
2
 22
18
12
"42
34
22
262
50
32
B102
66
42
R122
82
52
b142
98
62
r162
114
72
3 + + + + + + + + +
0011
ETX3
3
3
DC3
(XOFF)
23
19
13
£43
35
23
363
51
33
C103
67
43
S123
83
53
c143
99
63
s163
115
73
4 + + + + + + + + +
0100
EOT4
4
4
 24
20
14
$44
36
24
464
52
34
D104
68
44
T124
84
54
d144
100
64
t164
116
74
5 + + + + + + + + +
0101
ENQ5
5
5
 25
21
15
%45
37
25
565
53
35
E105
69
45
U125
85
55
e145
101
65
u165
117
75
6 + + + + + + + + +
0110
 6
6
6
 26
22
16
&46
38
26
666
54
36
F106
70
46
V126
86
56
f146
102
66
v166
118
76
7 + + + + + + + + +
0111
BEL7
7
7
 27
23
17
'47
39
27
767
55
37
G107
71
47
W127
87
57
g147
103
67
w167
119
77
8 + + + + + + + + +
1000
BS10
8
8
CAN30
24
18
(50
40
28
870
56
38
H110
72
48
X130
88
58
h150
104
68
x170
120
78
9 + + + + + + + + +
1001
HT11
9
9
 31
25
19
)51
41
29
971
57
39
I111
73
49
Y131
89
59
i151
105
69
y171
121
79
10 + + + + + + + + +
1010
LF12
10
A
SUB32
26
1A
*52
42
2A
:72
58
3A
J112
74
4A
Z132
90
5A
j152
106
6A
z172
122
7A
11 + + + + + + + + +
1011
VT13
11
B
ESC33
27
1B
+53
43
2B
;73
59
3B
K113
75
4B
[133
91
5B
k153
107
6B
{173
123
7B
12 + + + + + + + + +
1100
FF14
12
C
 34
28
1C
,54
44
2C
<74
60
3C
L114
76
4C
\134
92
5C
l154
108
6C
|174
124
7C
13 + + + + + + + + +
1101
CR15
13
D
 35
29
1D
-55
45
2D
=75
61
3D
M115
77
4D
]135
93
5D
m155
109
6D
}175
125
7D
14 + + + + + + + + +
1110
SO16
14
E
 36
30
1E
.56
46
2E
>76
62
3E
N116
78
4E
^136
94
5E
n156
110
6E
~176
126
7E
15 + + + + + + + + +
1111
SI17
15
F
 37
31
1F
/57
47
2F
?77
63
3F
O117
79
4F
_137
95
5F
o157
111
6F
DEL177
127
7F
+ ++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
KEY 
CHARACTER  +++ + + + + + +
ESC33
27
1B
 OCTAL
 DECIMAL
 HEX
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-12.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-12.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0e9c2cb --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-12.html @@ -0,0 +1,782 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + +++++++++++++++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 5-12 United States Character Set
ROWCOLUMN01234567
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 BITS
b7
b6
b5
b4b3b2b1
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 0
 0 
 0
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 0
 0 
 1
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 0
 1 
 0
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 0
 1 
 1
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 1
 0 
 0
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 1
 0 
 1
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 1
 1 
 0
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 1
 1 
 1
 
0 + + + + + + + + +
0000
NUL0
0
0
 20
16
10
SP40
32
20
060
48
30
@100
64
40
P120
80
50
`140
96
60
p160
112
70
1 + + + + + + + + +
0001
 1
1
1
DC1
(XON)
21
17
11
!41
33
21
161
49
31
A101
65
41
Q121
81
51
a141
97
61
q161
113
71
2 + + + + + + + + +
0010
 2
2
2
 22
18
12
"42
34
22
262
50
32
B102
66
42
R122
82
52
b142
98
62
r162
114
72
3 + + + + + + + + +
0011
ETX3
3
3
DC3
(XOFF)
23
19
13
#43
35
23
363
51
33
C103
67
43
S123
83
53
c143
99
63
s163
115
73
4 + + + + + + + + +
0100
EOT4
4
4
 24
20
14
$44
36
24
464
52
34
D104
68
44
T124
84
54
d144
100
64
t164
116
74
5 + + + + + + + + +
0101
ENQ5
5
5
 25
21
15
%45
37
25
565
53
35
E105
69
45
U125
85
55
e145
101
65
u165
117
75
6 + + + + + + + + +
0110
 6
6
6
 26
22
16
&46
38
26
666
54
36
F106
70
46
V126
86
56
f146
102
66
v166
118
76
7 + + + + + + + + +
0111
BEL7
7
7
 27
23
17
'47
39
27
767
55
37
G107
71
47
W127
87
57
g147
103
67
w167
119
77
8 + + + + + + + + +
1000
BS10
8
8
CAN30
24
18
(50
40
28
870
56
38
H110
72
48
X130
88
58
h150
104
68
x170
120
78
9 + + + + + + + + +
1001
HT11
9
9
 31
25
19
)51
41
29
971
57
39
I111
73
49
Y131
89
59
i151
105
69
y171
121
79
10 + + + + + + + + +
1010
LF12
10
A
SUB32
26
1A
*52
42
2A
:72
58
3A
J112
74
4A
Z132
90
5A
j152
106
6A
z172
122
7A
11 + + + + + + + + +
1011
VT13
11
B
ESC33
27
1B
+53
43
2B
;73
59
3B
K113
75
4B
[133
91
5B
k153
107
6B
{173
123
7B
12 + + + + + + + + +
1100
FF14
12
C
 34
28
1C
,54
44
2C
<74
60
3C
L114
76
4C
\134
92
5C
l154
108
6C
|174
124
7C
13 + + + + + + + + +
1101
CR15
13
D
 35
29
1D
-55
45
2D
=75
61
3D
M115
77
4D
]135
93
5D
m155
109
6D
}175
125
7D
14 + + + + + + + + +
1110
SO16
14
E
 36
30
1E
.56
46
2E
>76
62
3E
N116
78
4E
^136
94
5E
n156
110
6E
~176
126
7E
15 + + + + + + + + +
1111
SI17
15
F
 37
31
1F
/57
47
2F
?77
63
3F
O117
79
4F
_137
95
5F
o157
111
6F
DEL177
127
7F
+ ++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
KEY 
CHARACTER  +++ + + + + + +
ESC33
27
1B
 OCTAL
 DECIMAL
 HEX
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-13.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-13.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e62765 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-13.html @@ -0,0 +1,787 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + +++++++++++++++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 5-13 Special Characters and Line Drawing Character Set
ROWCOLUMN01234567
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 BITS
b7
b6
b5
b4b3b2b1
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 0
 0 
 0
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 0
 0 
 1
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 0
 1 
 0
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 0
 1 
 1
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 1
 0 
 0
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 1
 0 
 1
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 1
 1 
 0
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 1
 1 
 1
 
0 + + + + + + + + +
0000
NUL0
0
0
 20
16
10
SP40
32
20
060
48
30
@100
64
40
P120
80
50
140
96
60

SCAN 3
160
112
70
1 + + + + + + + + +
0001
 1
1
1
DC1
(XON)
21
17
11
!41
33
21
161
49
31
A101
65
41
Q121
81
51
141
97
61

SCAN 5
161
113
71
2 + + + + + + + + +
0010
 2
2
2
 22
18
12
"42
34
22
262
50
32
B102
66
42
R122
82
52
HT142
98
62

SCAN 7
162
114
72
3 + + + + + + + + +
0011
ETX3
3
3
DC3
(XOFF)
23
19
13
#43
35
23
363
51
33
C103
67
43
S123
83
53
FF143
99
63

SCAN 9
163
115
73
4 + + + + + + + + +
0100
EOT4
4
4
 24
20
14
$44
36
24
464
52
34
D104
68
44
T124
84
54
CR144
100
64
164
116
74
5 + + + + + + + + +
0101
ENQ5
5
5
 25
21
15
%45
37
25
565
53
35
E105
69
45
U125
85
55
LF145
101
65
165
117
75
6 + + + + + + + + +
0110
 6
6
6
 26
22
16
&46
38
26
666
54
36
F106
70
46
V126
86
56
°146
102
66
166
118
76
7 + + + + + + + + +
0111
BEL7
7
7
 27
23
17
'47
39
27
767
55
37
G107
71
47
W127
87
57
±147
103
67
167
119
77
8 + + + + + + + + +
1000
BS10
8
8
CAN30
24
18
(50
40
28
870
56
38
H110
72
48
X130
88
58
NL150
104
68
170
120
78
9 + + + + + + + + +
1001
HT11
9
9
 31
25
19
)51
41
29
971
57
39
I111
73
49
Y131
89
59
VT151
105
69
171
121
79
10 + + + + + + + + +
1010
LF12
10
A
SUB32
26
1A
*52
42
2A
:72
58
3A
J112
74
4A
Z132
90
5A
152
106
6A
172
122
7A
11 + + + + + + + + +
1011
VT13
11
B
ESC33
27
1B
+53
43
2B
;73
59
3B
K113
75
4B
[133
91
5B
153
107
6B
173
123
7B
12 + + + + + + + + +
1100
FF14
12
C
 34
28
1C
,54
44
2C
<74
60
3C
L114
76
4C
\134
92
5C
154
108
6C
174
124
7C
13 + + + + + + + + +
1101
CR15
13
D
 35
29
1D
-55
45
2D
=75
61
3D
M115
77
4D
]135
93
5D
155
109
6D
£175
125
7D
14 + + + + + + + + +
1110
SO16
14
E
 36
30
1E
.56
46
2E
>76
62
3E
N116
78
4E
^136
94
5E
156
110
6E
·176
126
7E
15 + + + + + + + + +
1111
SI17
15
F
 37
31
1F
/57
47
2F
?77
63
3F
O117
79
4F
(blank)137
95
5F

SCAN 1
157
111
6F
DEL177
127
7F
 C0 CODESGL CODES
(DEC SPECIAL GRAPHICS)
+ ++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
KEY 
CHARACTER  +++ + + + + + +
ESC33
27
1B
 OCTAL
 DECIMAL
 HEX
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-14.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-14.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..51fbb1f --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-14.html @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 5-14 VT52 Keypad Codes
KeyApplication Keypad Mode Off (Numeric Keypad Mode)Application Keypad Mode On
00
060
ESC  ?   p
+033 077 160
11
061
ESC  ?   q
+033 077 161
22
062
ESC  ?   r
+033 077 162
33
063
ESC  ?   s
+033 077 163
44
064
ESC  ?   t
+033 077 164
55
065
ESC  ?   u
+033 077 165
66
066
ESC  ?   v
+033 077 166
77
067
ESC  ?   w
+033 077 167
88
070
ESC  ?   x
+033 077 170
99
071
ESC  ?   y
+033 077 171
- (minus)- (minus)
055
ESC  ?   m
+033 077 155*
, (comma), (comma)
054
ESC  ?   l
+033 077 154*
. (period). (period)
056
ESC  ?   n
+033 077 156
ENTERCR or CR LF
015 or 015 012
ESC  ?   M
+033 077 115
PF1
ESC  P
+033 120
ESC  P
+033 120
PF2
ESC  Q
+033 121
ESC  Q
+033 121
PF3
ESC  R
+033 122
ESC  R
+033 122
PF4
ESC  S
+033 123
ESC  S
+033 123

* These sequences are not generated by the VT52.

+

† In numeric keypad mode (application keypad mode off), ENTER generates the +same characters as RETURN. You can change the RETURN character +code with the line feed/new line feature. When off, this feature causes the key to +generate a single control character (CR, octal 015). When on, this feature +causes the key to generate two characters (CR, octal 015 and LF, octal 012).

+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-15.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-15.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1e11aa1 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-15.html @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 5-15 Special Characters and Line Drawing Set and VT52 Graphics Mode Comparison
Octal CodeUS or UK SetSpecial Characters and Line Drawing SetVT52 Graphics Mode (Not Available in VT102)
137_[] BlankBlank
140`[] DiamondReserved
141a[] Checkerboard (error indication)Solid rectangle
142b[HT] Horizontal tab1/
143c[] Form feed3/
144d[] Carriage return5/
145e[] Linefeed7/
146f[] Degree symbolDegrees
147g[] Plus/minusPlus or minus
150h[] New lineRight arrow
151i[] Vertical tabEllipsis (dots)
152j[] Lower-right cornerDivide by
153k[] Upper-right cornerDown arrow
154l[] Upper-left cornerBar at scan 0
155m[] Lower-left cornerBar at scan 1
156n[] Crossing linesBar at scan 2
157o[] Horizontal line - scan 1Bar at scan 3
160p[] Horizontal line - scan 3Bar at scan 4
161q[] Horizontal line - scan 5Bar at scan 5
162r[] Horizontal line - scan 7Bar at scan 6
163s[] Horizontal line - scan 9Bar at scan 7
164t[] Left "T"Subscript 0
165u[] Right "T"Subscript 1
166v[] Bottom "T"Subscript 2
167w[] Top "T"Subscript 3
170x[] Vertical barSubscript 4
171y[] Less than or equal toSubscript 5
172z[] Greater than or equal toSubscript 6
173{[] PiSubscript 7
174|[] Not equal toSubscript 8
175}[] UK pound signSubscript 9
176~[] Centered dotParagraph
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-2.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-2.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..edfa98f --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-2.html @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 5-2 Control Characters Recognized by VT102
CharacterMnemonicOctal CodeFunction
NullNUL000Ignored when received (not stored in input buffer) and used as a fill character.
End of textETX003Can be selected as a half-duplex turnaround character.
End of transmissionEOT004Can be selected as a disconnect character or half-duplex turnaround +character. When used as a turnaround character, the disconnect character is DLE-EOT.
EnquireENQ005Transmits answerback message.
BellBEL007Generates bell tone.
BackspaceBS010Moves cursor to the left one character position; if cursor is at left margin, +no action occurs.
Horizontal tabHT011Moves cursor to next tab stop, or to right margin if there are no more tab stops.
LinefeedLF012Causes a linefeed or a new line operation. (See Linefeed/New Line). Also causes +printing if auto print operation is selected.
Vertical tabVT013Processed as LF.
Form feedFF014Processed as LF. FF can also be selected as a half-duplex turnaround character.
Carriage returnCR015Moves cursor to left margin on current line. CR can also be selected as a half-duplex +turnaround character.
Shift outSO016Selects G1 character set designated by a select character set sequence.
Shift inSI017Selects G0 character set designated by a select character set sequence.
Device control 1DC1021Processed as XON. DC1 causes terminal to continue transmitting characters.
Device control 3DC3023Processed as XOFF. DC3 causes terminal to stop transmitting all characters except +XOFF and XON. DC3 can also be selected as a half-duplex turnaround character.
CancelCAN030If received during an escape or control sequence, cancels the sequence and displays +substitution character ([]).
SubstituteSUB032Processed as CAN.
EscapeESC033Processed as a sequence introducer.
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-3.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-3.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c8af9d --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-3.html @@ -0,0 +1,304 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 5-3 Escape and Control Sequences
ANSI-Compatible Sequences
SET-UP Feature and Mode Selection +
    +
  • Set mode (SM) and reset mode (RM)
  • +
ANSI/VT52 Compatibility +
    +
  • ANSI/VT52 mode (DECANM)
  • +
Scrolling +
    +
  • Scroll mode (DECSCLM)
  • +
Scrolling Region +
    +
  • Set top and bottom margins (DECSTBM)
  • +
Origin +
    +
  • Origin mode (DECOM)
  • +
Cursor Positioning +
    +
  • Cursor up (CUU)
  • +
  • Cursor down (CUD)
  • +
  • Cursor forward (CUF)
  • +
  • Cursor backward (CUB)
  • +
  • Cursor position (CUP)
  • +
  • Horizontal and vertical position (HVP)
  • +
  • Index (IND)
  • +
  • Reverse index (RI)
  • +
  • Next line (NEL)
  • +
  • Save cursor (DECSC)
  • +
  • Restore cursor (DECRC)
  • +
Columns Per Line +
    +
  • Column mode (DECCOLM)
  • +
Auto Wrap +
    +
  • Auto wrap mode (DECAWM)
  • +
Screen Background +
    +
  • Screen mode (DECSCNM)
  • +
Linefeed/New Line +
    +
  • Linefeed/new line mode (LNM)
  • +
Keyboard Action +
    +
  • Keyboard action mode (KAM)
  • +
Auto Repeat +
    +
  • Auto repeat mode (DECARM)
  • +
Local Echo +
    +
  • Send-receive mode (SRM)
  • +
Cursor Key Character Selection +
    +
  • Cursor key mode (DECCKM)
  • +
Keypad Character Selection +
    +
  • Numeric keypad (DECKPNM)
  • +
  • Application keypad (DECKPAM)
  • +
Character Sets and Selection +
    +
  • Select character set (SCS)
  • +
  • Single shift 2 (SS2)
  • +
  • Single shift 3 (SS3)
  • +
Character Attributes +
    +
  • Select graphic rendition (SGR)
  • +
Tab Stops +
    +
  • Horizontal tab set (HTS)
  • +
  • Tabulation clear (TBC)
  • +
Line Attributes +
    +
  • Double-height line (DECDHL)
  • +
  • Single-width line (DECSWL)
  • +
  • Double-width line (DECDWL)
  • +
Erasing +
    +
  • Erase in line (EL)
  • +
  • Erase in display (ED)
  • +
Computer Editing +
    +
  • Delete character (DCH)
  • +
  • Insert line (IL)
  • +
  • Delete line (DL)
  • +
Inserting and Replacing Characters +
    +
  • Insertion-replacement mode (IRM)
  • +
Printing +
    +
  • Media copy (MC)
  • +
Printer Extent +
    +
  • Printer extent mode (DECPEX)
  • +
Print Termination Character +
    +
  • Printer form feed mode (DECPFF)
  • +
Reports +
    +
  • Device status report (DSR)
  • +
  • Cursor position report (CPR)
  • +
  • Device attributes (DA)
  • +
  • Identify terminal (DECID)
  • +
Reset +
    +
  • Reset to initial state (RIS)
  • +
Tests +
    +
  • Invoke confidence test (DECTST)
  • +
Adjustments +
    +
  • Screen alignment display (DECALN)
  • +
Keyboard indicator +
    +
  • Load LED (DECLL)
  • +
VT52-Compatible Sequences
Modes
ANSI/VT52 Compatibility +
    +
  • ANSI mode (DECANM)
  • +
Cursor Positioning +
    +
  • Cursor up
  • +
  • Cursor down
  • +
  • Cursor right
  • +
  • Cursor left
  • +
  • Cursor to home
  • +
  • Direct cursor address
  • +
  • Reverse linefeed
  • +
Keypad Character Selection +
    +
  • Application keypad mode
  • +
  • Numeric keypad mode
  • +
Character Sets and Selection +
    +
  • Enter graphics mode
  • +
  • Exit graphics mode
  • +
Erasing +
    +
  • Erase to end of line
  • +
  • Erase to end of screen
  • +
Printing +
    +
  • Auto print
  • +
  • Print controller
  • +
  • Print cursor line
  • +
  • Print screen
  • +
Reports +
    +
  • Identify
  • +
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-4.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-4.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..417dee4 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-4.html @@ -0,0 +1,271 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 5-4 SET-UP Features and Modes
SET-UP Feature or ModeChange from ComputerChange from Keyboard in SET-UP
On/off lineNoYes
Screen brightnessNoYes
Columns per lineYes (DECCOLM)Yes
Tab stopsYes (HTS/TBC)*Yes
ScrollYes (DECSCLM)Yes
 
Auto repeatYes (DECARM)Yes
Screen backgroundYes (DECSCNM)Yes
CursorNoYes
Margin bellNoYes
KeyclickNoYes
 
ANSI/VT52Yes (DECANM)Yes
Auto XON/XOFFNoYes
US/UK character setYes (SCS)*Yes
Auto wrapYes (DECAWM)Yes
Linefeed/new lineYes (LNM)Yes
 
Local echoYes (SRM)Yes
Print termination characterYes (DECPFF)Yes
Printer extentYes (DECPEX)Yes
One or two stop bitsNoYes
Receive parityNoYes
 
Break enableNoYes
Disconnect character enableNoYes
Disconnect delayNoYes
Auto answerback enableNoYes
Initial directionNoYes
 
Auto turnaroundNoYes
PowerNoYes
WPS terminalNoYes
ClockNoYes
Modem data/parity bitsNoYes
 
Transmit speedNoYes
Receive speedNoYes
Modem controlNoYes
Turnaround/disconnect characterNoYes
Printer data/parity bitsNoYes
 
Transmit/receive speedNoYes
Application keypad mode/numeric keypad modeYes (DECKPAM/DECKPNM)*No
Cursor key modeYes (DECCKM)No
Origin modeYes (DECOM)No
Insertion-replacement modeYes (IRM)No
* These features are not changed using the set mode (SM) and reset mode (RM) +sequences.
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-5.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-5.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1dad6de --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-5.html @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 5-5 ANSI-Specified Modes
NameMnemonicParameter (Ps)
Error (ignored)-0
Keyboard actionKAM2
Insertion-replacementIRM4
Linefeed/new lineLNM20
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-6.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-6.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a10ffbc --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-6.html @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 5-6 ANSI-Compatible Private Modes
NameMnemonicParameter (Ps)
Error (ignored)-0
Cursor keyDECCKM1
ANSI/VT52DECANM2
ColumnDECCOLM3
ScrollDECSCLM4
ScreenDECSCNM5
OriginDECOM6
Auto wrapDECAWM7
Auto repeatDECARM8
Printer form feedDECPFF18
Printer extentDECPEX19

NOTE: The application keypad and numeric keypad modes are +selected using dedicated sequences, not set and reset mode +sequences. See Keypad Character Selection in this chapter for +more information.

+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-7.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-7.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..45128b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-7.html @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 5-7 Permanently Selected Modes
NameMnemonicSelectionFunction
Control representationCRMResetTerminal performs control functions with displaying a character to represent control function received.
Editing boundaryEBMResetCharacters moved outside the margins are lost; terminal does not perform erasing and +cursor positioning functions outside the margins. This does not affect horizontal and +vertical position (HVP) and cursor position (CUP) sequences.
ErasureERMSetAll characters displayed can be erased.
Format effector actionFEAMResetTerminal immediately performs control functions that affect the screen display.
Format effector tranferFETMN/A-
Guarded area transferGATMN/A-
Horizontal editingHEMN/A-
Multiple area transferMATMN/A-
Positioning unitPUMResetTerminal specifies horizontal and vertical positioning parameters in control +functions in units of characters position.
Selected area transferSATMN/A-
Status reporting transferSRTMResetTerminal transmits status reports by using device status report (DSR) sequence.
Tabulation stopTSMResetTab stop selections apply to corresponding screen columns for all lines.
Transfer terminationTTMN/A-
Vertical editingVEMN/A-
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-8.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-8.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5614044 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-8.html @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 5-8 Linefeed/New Line Feature
Feature SelectionKey Pressed - Character SentCharacter Received - Function
OffRETURN - CRCR - Cursor moves to left margin
OffLINE FEED - LFLF, FF, VT - Cursor moves to next line but stays in same column
OnRETURN - CR LFCR - Cursor moves to left margin
OnLINE FEED - LFLF, FF, VT - Cursor moves to left margin of next line
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-9.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-9.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1d5eb86 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table5-9.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 5-9 ANSI Cursor Control Key Codes
Cursor KeyCursor Key Mode ResetCursor Key Mode Set
[Up]
ESC  [  A
+033 133 101
ESC  O  A
+033 117 101
[Down]
ESC  [  B
+033 133 102
ESC  O  B
+033 117 102
[Right]
ESC  [  C
+033 133 103
ESC  O  C
+033 117 103
[Left]
ESC  [  D
+033 133 104
ESC  O  D
+033 117 104
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-1.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..120101e --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-1.html @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 6-1 Possible Bell Modem Configurations (Public Switched)
Communication ParametersManual Originate OnlyManual Answer OnlyManual Originate/ AnswerAuto AnswerReverse Channel
300 baud
Full-duplex
2-wire
113A113D103A103ANo
113C 103J103JNo
  212A113BNo
   113DNo
   212ANo
 
1200 baud
Half-duplex
2-wire
  202S202SYes
 
1200 baud
Full-duplex
2-wire
  212A212ANo
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-10.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-10.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..394c535 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-10.html @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 6-10 Half-Duplex using Coded Control (HDX B) Signals
PinName (Mnemonic)CCITT / EIASwitchDescription
1Protective ground
(PGND)
101/AA-Connects to terminal chassis. Also connected to external ground through third wire of +power cord.
2Transmit data
(TXD)
103/BAS6From VT102:
When switch S6 is on (closed), signals on TXD are serial characters +and breaks generated by terminal. TXD is in mark state when no characters are +transmitted.

NOTE: When S6 is on (closed), switch S7 must be off (open).

3Received data
(RXD)
104/BB-To VT102:
RXD receives serial characters from computer.
4Request to send
(RTS)
105/CAS1From VT102:
When switch S1 is on (closed), RTS is on if terminal is ready to +transmit characters and off if terminal is receiving characters.
5Clear to send
(CTS)
106/CBS2To VT102:
When switch S2 is on (closed), CTS indicates when modem is ready to +transmit data to the computer. When on, modem is ready to transmit data and CTS indicator +is on. When off, modem is not ready to transmit data and CTS indicator is off.

NOTE: When S2 is on (closed), switch S3 must be off (open).

6Data set ready
(DSR)
107/CC-From VT102:
When DSR is on: +
    +
  • DSR indicator is on
  • +
  • Modem connects to a communication line
  • +
  • Modem is ready to use modem control signals.
  • +
+When DSR is off: +
    +
  • DSR indicator is off
  • +
  • Terminal performs a disconnect.
  • +
7Signal ground
(SGND)
102/AB-SGND is common ground reference potential for all connector signals except protective +ground. SGND connects to the protective ground conductor.
8Receive line signal detector
(RLSD)
109/CF-To VT102:
Also called carrier detect, RLSD is on when communication line signals +are good enough to receive data from computer. When off, terminal is transmitting data +to computer or modem is disconnected from communication line; data received is ignored.
20Data terminal ready
(DTR)
108.2/CD-From VT102:
DTR is on when terminal is on-line and off when terminal is +off-line or performing a line disconnect. When on, modem can usually answer calls +(modem auto answer option). When off, modem usually disconnects and does not +answer calls.
23Speed select
(SPSD)
111/CHS10From VT102:
SPSD is on when receive speed SET-UP feature selection is greater +than 600 baud. SPSD is off when speed is 600 baud or less.
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-11.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-11.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c60169 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-11.html @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 6-11 HDX B Modem Control Signal Summary
SignalSourceReceiveTransmit
Data terminal readyFrom VT102OnOn
Data set readyTo VT102OnOn
Request to sendFrom VT102OffOn
Clear to sendTo VT102OffOn
Receive line signal detectorTo VT102OnOff
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-12.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-12.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cbc2633 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-12.html @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 6-12 Fill Characters
Baud RateParameter
 IND, LF, NEL, RI (Smooth Scroll)DECCOLMDECALNED (132 Col)ED (80 Col)IND, LF, NEL, RI (Jump Scroll)EL (132 Col)EL (80 Col)DECINLMAll Others Except RIS and DECTST
19200324191190144104326472
960016296957252163231
4800814848362681120
3600613636272061110
2400412424181341110
2000342020151131010
1800301818141031010
12002012129720000
60010665310000
3005332200000
2003222100000
1503111100000
134.52111100000
1102111100000
751111000000
501000000000
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-13.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-13.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a757cc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-13.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 6-13 Recommended DIGITAL Serial Printers
PrinterOptions/CablesOption Description
LA34LAX34-LLPaper low detection for roll paper
LAX34-PLPaper out detection for fanfold or single-sheet paper
BC22ANull modem cable
LA35LAXX-KGEIA interface with BC03M cable
LAXX-LZ*Paper fault detection
LA36LAXX-KGEIA interface with BC03M cable
LAXX-LZ*Paper fault detection
LA38-No options required. BC22A cable provided.
LA120BC22ANull modem cable
* Standard on CE and CJ models. Recommended on all other models. Order from +Accessories and Supplies Group or Terminal Products Group dealers.
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-14.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-14.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..899dac4 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-14.html @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 6-14 Printer Interface Signals
PinName (Mnemonic)CCITT / EIADescription
1Protective ground
(PGND)
101/AAConnects to terminal chassis. Also connects to external ground lead of ac power cord.
2Transmit data
(TXD)
103/BAFrom VT102:
Terminal transmits serial characters on TXD to printer. TXD held in +mark state when characters are not transmitted.
3Receive data
(RXD)
104/BBTo VT102:
Terminal receives XON and XOFF control characters on RXD. All other +characters ignored.
6Data set ready
(DSR)
107/CCTo VT102:
Terminal receives DTR from printer on DSR. If DTR from printer has not +been on since power up or reset, terminal ignores all print requests. When DTR from +printer is on, DSR indicates printer status. If DTR turns off, terminal assumes that +printer cannot receive characters. If DTR turns on again, print operation completes.

NOTE: The printer's DTR has a higher priority than XON/XOFF +control characters. When the printer's DTR is off, data transmission stops even if the +printer interface option receives XON. When the printer's DTR goes from off to on, the +terminal assumes that the XON condition is indicated.

7Signal ground
(SGND)
102/ABSGND is common ground reference potential for all voltages on interface.
20Data terminal ready
(DTR)
108.2/CDFrom VT102:
DTR is on when terminal is on. Printer usually receives DTR as DSR. +Printer usually needs DTR before operation can begin.
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-2.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-2.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac5c811 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-2.html @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 6-2 Possible Bell Modem Configurations (Dedicated Line)
Communication ParametersModemLine ConditioningReverse Channel
300 baud
Full-duplex
2-wire
103FUnconditioned 3002 channelNo
1200 baud
Half-duplex
2-wire
202TWith reverse channel, up to 1200 baud on unconditioned or C2 conditioned 3002 +channel. Without reverse channel, up to 1200 baud on unconditioned 3002 channel +and 1200 to 1800 baud on C2 conditioned channel.Yes
1200 baud
Full-duplex
4-wire
202TWithout reverse channel, up to 1200 baud on unconditioned 3002 channel and +1200 to 1800 baud on C2 conditioned channel.No
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-3.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-3.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6fcb3e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-3.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 6-3 Modem Control Feature Selections
SelectionDescriptionUsual Application
FDX AFull-duplex with no EIA modem control (data leads only)Full-duplex communication with a null modem (direct) connection to the computer +or with a modem that does not use modem control signals.
FDX BFull-duplex with EIA modem controlFull-duplex communication with a modem that uses modem control signals.
FDX CAsymmetric full-duplex with EIA modem controlFull-duplex communication with a half-duplex modem using the secondary channel.
HDX AHalf-duplex supervisory modeHalf-duplex communication with the secondary channel control lines indicating when +to perform line turnarounds.
HDX BHalf-duplex coded controlHalf-duplex communication with control characters indicating when to perform line +turnarounds.
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-4.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-4.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f140961 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-4.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 6-4 Possible Modem Control Feature and Modem Configurations
FDX AFDX BFDX CHDX AHDX B

DF01-A Acoustic-coupler
300 baud

+

Bell 103
300 baud
2-wire

+

DF02
300 baud
2-wire

+

Bell 113
300 baud
2-wire

+

Bell 212A
1200 baud
2-wire

+

DF03
300/1200 baud
2-wire

Bell 103
300 baud
2-wire

+

Bell 113
300 baud
2-wire

+

DF02
300 baud
2-wire

+

Bell 212A
1200 baud
2-wire
dual-speed option

+

DF03
300/1200 baud
2-wire

+

Datel 200
V.21
200/300 baud
2-wire

D200/D300S
V.21
200/300 baud
2-wire

+

D1200SDX
V.22
1200 baud
2-wire

+

DFG300
V.20 bis, V.24
300 baud
2-wire
2 stop bits

+

DAG1200M
V.23
1200 baud
4-wire

+

Datel 600
Modem 5
V.23
1200 baud
4-wire

D1200S with reverse channel
V.23
REC 1200 baud
TRANS 75 baud
2-wire

+

Datel 600
Modem 4
V.23
REC 600/1200 baud
TRANS 75 baud
2-wire

Bell 202
1200 baud
2-wire

+

D1200S
V.23
1200 baud
2-wire

Bell 202
1200 baud
2-wire

+

D1200S
V.23
1200 baud
2-wire

+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-5.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-5.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..133ba90 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-5.html @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 6-5 Full-Duplex with Data Leads Only (FDX A) Signals
PinName (Mnemonic)CCITT / EIASwitchDescription
1Protective ground
(PGND)
101/AA-Connects to terminal chassis. Also connects to external ground through third wire of power cord.
2Transmit data
(TXD)
103/BAS6From VT102:
When switch S6 is on (closed), TXD transmits serial characters and breaks +generated by terminal. TXD is in mark state when no characters are transmitted.

NOTE: When S6 is on (closed), switch S7 must be off (open).

3Received data
(RXD)
104/BB-To VT102:
RXD receives serial characters from the computer.
4Request to send
(RTS)
105/CAS1From VT102:
When switch S1 is on (closed), RTS is on if terminal is on-line +and off if terminal is off-line.
5Clear to send
(CTS)
106/CBS2To VT102:
When switch S2 is on (closed), CTS is only used to turn CTS indicator +on or off. The on condition of CTS turns CTS indicator on; the off condition turns CTS +indicator off.

NOTE: When S2 is on (closed), switch S3 must be off (open).

6Data set ready
(DSR)
107/CC-To VT102:
DSR turns DSR indicator on or off. The on condition of DSR signal turns +DSR indicator on; the off condition turns DSR indicator off.
7Signal ground
(SGND)
102/AB-SGND is common ground reference potential for all connector signals except protective +ground. SGND connects to protective ground conductor.
20Data terminal ready
(DTR)
108.2/CD-From VT102:
DTR is on when the terminal is on-line and off when the terminal is +off-line or performing a line disconnect. When on, the modem can usually answer calls +(modem auto answer option). When off, the modem usually disconnects and does not +answer calls.
23Speed select
(SPSD)
111/CHS10From VT102:
SPSD is on when the receive speed SET-UP feature selection is greater +than 600 baud. SPSD is off when the speed is 600 baud or less.
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-6.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-6.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..707b24c --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-6.html @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 6-6 Full-Duplex with Modem Control (FDX B) Signals
PinName (Mnemonic)CCITT / EIASwitchDescription
1Protective ground
(PGND)
101/AA-Connects to terminal chassis. Also connects to external ground through third wire of +power cord.
2Transmit data
(TXD)
103/BAS6From VT102:
When switch S6 is on (closed), TXD transmits serial characters and +breaks generated by the terminal. TXD is in mark state when no characters are transmitted.

NOTE: When S6 is on (closed), switch S7 must be off (open).

3Received data
(RXD)
104/BB-To VT102:
RXD receives serial characters from the computer.
4Request to send
(RTS)
105/CAS1From VT102:
When switch S1 is on (closed), RTS is on if terminal is on-line +and off if terminal is off-line.
5Clear to send
(CTS)
106/CBS2To VT102:
When switch S2 is on (closed), CTS indicates when modem is ready to +transmit data. When on, modem is ready to transmit data and CTS indicator is on. When off, +modem is not ready to transmit data and CTS indicator is off.

NOTE: When S2 is on (closed), switch S3 must be off (open).

6Data set ready
(DSR)
107/CC-To VT102:
When DSR is on: +
    +
  • DSR indicator is on
  • +
  • Modem is connected to a communication line
  • +
  • Modem is ready to use modem control signals.
  • +
+When DSR is off: +
    +
  • DSR indicator is off
  • +
  • Terminal performs a disconnect.
  • +
7Signal ground
(SGND)
102/AB-SGND is common ground reference potential for all connector signals except protective +ground. SGND connects to protective ground conductor.
8Receive line signal detector
(RLSD)
109/CF-To VT102:
Also called carrier detect, RLSD is on when communication line signals +are good enough to transfer data. When off, the communication line signals are not good +enough to transfer data; data received is ignored.
12Speed indicator
(SI)
112/CIS4To VT102:
When switch S4 is on (closed), SI controls terminal transmit and receive +speeds. When on, transmit and receive speeds are 1200 baud regardless of modem transmit +and receive speed SET-UP feature selections. When off, transmit and receive speeds are +modem transmit and receive speed SET-UP feature selections.
20Data terminal ready
(DTR)
108.2/CD-From VT102:
DTR is on when the terminal is on-line and off when the terminal is +off-line or performing a disconnect. When on, the modem usually can answer calls +(modem auto answer option). When off, modem usually disconnects and does not +answer calls.
23Speed select
(SPSD)
111/CHS10From VT102:
SPSD is on when receive speed SET-UP feature selection is greater +than 600 baud. SPSD is off when speed is 600 baud or less.
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-7.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-7.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..43331c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-7.html @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 6-7 Asymmetric Full-Duplex with Modem Control (FDX C) Signals
PinName (Mnemonic)CCITT / EIASwitchDescription
1Protective ground
(PGND)
101/AA-Connects to terminal chassis. Also connects to external ground through third wire of +power cord.
3Received data
(RXD)
104/BB-To VT102:
RXD receives serial characters from the computer.
6Data set ready
(DSR)
107/CC-From VT102:
When DSR is on: +
    +
  • DSR indicator is on
  • +
  • Modem connects to a communication line
  • +
  • Modem is ready to use modem control signals.
  • +
+When DSR is off: +
    +
  • DSR indicator is off
  • +
  • Terminal performs a disconnect.
  • +
7Signal ground
(SGND)
102/AB-SGND is common ground reference potential for all connector signals except protective +ground. SGND connects to protective ground conductor.
8Receive line signal detector
(RLSD)
109/CF-To VT102:
Also called carrier detect, RLSD is on when communication line signals +are good enough to transfer data. When off, data received is ignored.
13Secondary clear to send
(SCTS)
121/SCBS3To VT102:
When switch S3 is on (closed), SCTS indicates when modem is ready to +transmit data. When on, modem is ready to transmit data and CTS indicator is on. When +off, modem is not ready to transmit data and CTS indicator is off.

NOTE: When S3 is on (closed), switch S2 must be off (open).

14Secondary transmit data
(STXD)
118/SBAS7When switch S7 is closed, STXD transmits serial characters and breaks generated by +terminal. STXD is in mark state when no characters are transmitted.

NOTE: When S7 is on (closed), switch S6 must be off (open).

19Secondary request to send
(SRTS)
120/SCAS8To VT102:
When switch S8 is closed, SRTS is on if terminal is on-line and off if +terminal is off-line.

NOTE: Switch S5 must be off (open).

20Data terminal ready
(DTR)
108.2/CD-From VT102:
DTR is on when terminal is on-line and off when terminal is +off-line or performing a disconnect. When on, modem can usually answer calls +(modem auto answer option). When off, modem disconnects and does not +answer calls.
23Speed select
(SPSD)
111/CHS10From VT102:
SPSD is on when receive speed SET-UP feature selection is greater +than 600 baud. SPSD is off when speed is 600 baud or less.
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-8.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-8.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a20d65c --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-8.html @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 6-8 Half-Duplex with Supervisory Control (HDX A) Signals
PinName (Mnemonic)CCITT / EIASwitchDescription
1Protective ground
(PGND)
101/AA-Connects to terminal chassis. Also connects to external ground through third wire of +power cord.
2Transmit data
(TXD)
103/BAS6From VT102:
When switch S6 is on (closed), signals on TXD are serial characters +and breaks generated by the terminal. TXD is in mark state when no characters are +transmitted.

NOTE: When S6 is on (closed), switch S7 must be off (open).

3Received data
(RXD)
104/BB-To VT102:
RXD receives serial characters from the computer.
4Request to send
(RTS)
105/CAS1From VT102:
When switch S1 is on (closed), RTS is on if terminal is ready to +transmit characters and off if terminal is receiving characters.
5Clear to send
(CTS)
106/CBS2To VT102:
When switch S2 is on (closed), CTS indicates when modem is ready to +transmit data to the computer. When on, modem is ready to transmit data and CTS indicator +is on. When off, modem is not ready to transmit data and CTS indicator is off.

NOTE: When S2 is on (closed), switch S3 must be off (open).

6Data set ready
(DSR)
107/CC-From VT102:
When DSR is on: +
    +
  • DSR indicator is on
  • +
  • Modem connects to a communication line
  • +
  • Modem is ready to use modem control signals.
  • +
+When DSR is off: +
    +
  • DSR indicator is off
  • +
  • Terminal performs a disconnect.
  • +
7Signal ground
(SGND)
102/AB-SGND is common ground reference potential for all connector signals except protective +ground. SGND connects to protective ground conductor.
8Receive line signal detector
(RLSD)
109/CF-To VT102:
Also called carrier detect, RLSD is on when communication line signals +are good enough to receive data from computer. When off, terminal is transmitting data +to computer or modem is disconnected from communication line; data received is ignored.
12Secondary receive line signal detector
(SRLSD)
122/SCFS4To VT102:
Also called secondary carrier detect, SRLSD is on when transmitting data +to computer. When off, terminal is receiving data from computer or modem is disconnected +from communication line.
19Secondary request to send
(SRTS)
120/SCAS8From VT102:
When switch S8 is on (closed), SRTS is on if terminal is ready to +receive characters and off if terminal is transmitting characters.

NOTE: Switch S5 must be off (open).

20Data terminal ready
(DTR)
108.2/CD-From VT102:
DTR is on when terminal is on-line and off when terminal is +off-line or performing a disconnect. When on, modem can usually answer calls +(modem auto answer option). When off, modem usually disconnects and does not +answer calls.
23Speed select
(SPSD)
111/CHS10From VT102:
SPSD is on when receive speed SET-UP feature selection is greater +than 600 baud. SPSD is off when speed is 600 baud or less.
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-9.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-9.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f50f87 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table6-9.html @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 6-9 HDX A Modem Control Signal Summary
SignalSourceReceiveTransmit
Data terminal readyFrom VT102OnOn
Data set readyTo VT102OnOn
Request to sendFrom VT102OffOn
Clear to sendTo VT102OffOn
Receive line signal detectorTo VT102OnOff
Secondary request to sendFrom VT102OnOff
Secondary receive line signal detectorTo VT102OffOn
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table7-1.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table7-1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1bb4318 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table7-1.html @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + ++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 7-1   Interface Cables
Part NumberConnector TypesFunction
BC22A-10
(10 ft)
RS-232 (female)
to RS-232 (female)
Null modem; connects terminal directly to computer or printer (6-conductor cable).
BC22A-25
(25 ft)
RS-232 (female)
to RS-232 (female)
Null modem; connects terminal directly to computer or printer (6-conductor cable).
BC22B-10
(10 ft)
RS-232 (male)
to RS-232 (female)
Extension; connects terminal to a modem (14-conductor cable).
BC22B-25
(25 ft)
RS-232 (male)
to RS-232 (female)
Extension; connects terminal to a modem (14-conductor cable).
BC03M-xx
(variable length)
RS-232 (female)
to RS-232 (female)
Null modem; connects terminal directly to computer or printer.
BC05D-xx
(variable length)
RS-232 (male)
to RS-232 (female)
Extension; connects terminal to a modem.
BC05F-15
(15 ft)
Mate-N-Lok™
to Mate-N-Lok
20 mA; connects terminal with 20 mA option installed directly to +computer. (Supplied with 20 mA option.)
BC05X-xx
(variable length)
Mate-N-Lok
to Mate-N-Lok
20 mA extension
30-10958-02
EIA
20 mA
RS-232 (male)
to RS-232 (female)
and 20 mA (male)
Connects acoustic coupler to terminal EIA or 20 mA.
™AMP, Inc.
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/table9-1.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table9-1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b372b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/table9-1.html @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 9-1   Problem Checklist
SymptomPossible CauseCorrective Action
ON LINE or OFF LINE is on with no cursor on screen.Screen brightness too low.Enter SET-UP and increase screen brightness.
ON LINE and OFF LINE are not on with no keyboard response. Cursor on screen.Keyboard cable not connected to terminal.Connect keyboard cable.
KBD LOCKED is on.Characters are typed faster than terminal can transmit them.Cleared when terminal transmits characters in keyboard character buffer to computer.
Locked condition occurs when terminal is receiving characters with half-duplex +communication selected (by modem control SET-UP feature). Terminal cannot transmit +characters when receiving characters in half-duplex.Cleared when line turns around and terminal can transmit keyboard characters.
Print operation selected while off-line.Cleared when print operation ends.
Terminal not connected to computer correctly. Communication line signals are not +correct.Cleared when correct connection exists between computer and terminal.
Terminal does respond to typed characters.Computer cannot update screen.Press NO SCROLL.
Computer turns keyboard off.Computer turns keyboard on.
Garbled or error ([]) +characters or no characters appearing on screen.Incorrect SET-UP feature selected.Correct SET-UP features.
Computer error occurred.Check computer system.
Two characters appear on screen for each character typed.Local echo on.Turn local echo off.
Several bell tones during power up, reset or recall.Read or write problem with user permanent memory.Check SET-UP feature settings and try save operation.
Printer does not print characters.Printer and terminal features do not match.Check SET-UP feature settings of terminal and printer.
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/tabled-1.html b/DOCS/vt102-ug/tabled-1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e7e927c --- /dev/null +++ b/DOCS/vt102-ug/tabled-1.html @@ -0,0 +1,782 @@ + + + +VT100.net: Digital VT102 User Guide + + + + + + +++++++++++++++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table D-1 ASCII Table
ROWCOLUMN01234567
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 BITS
b7
b6
b5
b4b3b2b1
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 0
 0 
 0
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 0
 0 
 1
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 0
 1 
 0
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 0
 1 
 1
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 1
 0 
 0
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 1
 0 
 1
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 1
 1 
 0
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
 1
 1 
 1
 
0 + + + + + + + + +
0000
NUL0
0
0
DLE20
16
10
SP40
32
20
060
48
30
@100
64
40
P120
80
50
`140
96
60
p160
112
70
1 + + + + + + + + +
0001
SOH1
1
1
DC1
(XON)
21
17
11
!41
33
21
161
49
31
A101
65
41
Q121
81
51
a141
97
61
q161
113
71
2 + + + + + + + + +
0010
STX2
2
2
DC222
18
12
"42
34
22
262
50
32
B102
66
42
R122
82
52
b142
98
62
r162
114
72
3 + + + + + + + + +
0011
ETX3
3
3
DC3
(XOFF)
23
19
13
#43
35
23
363
51
33
C103
67
43
S123
83
53
c143
99
63
s163
115
73
4 + + + + + + + + +
0100
EOT4
4
4
DC424
20
14
$44
36
24
464
52
34
D104
68
44
T124
84
54
d144
100
64
t164
116
74
5 + + + + + + + + +
0101
ENQ5
5
5
NAK25
21
15
%45
37
25
565
53
35
E105
69
45
U125
85
55
e145
101
65
u165
117
75
6 + + + + + + + + +
0110
ACK6
6
6
SYN26
22
16
&46
38
26
666
54
36
F106
70
46
V126
86
56
f146
102
66
v166
118
76
7 + + + + + + + + +
0111
BEL7
7
7
ETB27
23
17
'47
39
27
767
55
37
G107
71
47
W127
87
57
g147
103
67
w167
119
77
8 + + + + + + + + +
1000
BS10
8
8
CAN30
24
18
(50
40
28
870
56
38
H110
72
48
X130
88
58
h150
104
68
x170
120
78
9 + + + + + + + + +
1001
HT11
9
9
EM31
25
19
)51
41
29
971
57
39
I111
73
49
Y131
89
59
i151
105
69
y171
121
79
10 + + + + + + + + +
1010
LF12
10
A
SUB32
26
1A
*52
42
2A
:72
58
3A
J112
74
4A
Z132
90
5A
j152
106
6A
z172
122
7A
11 + + + + + + + + +
1011
VT13
11
B
ESC33
27
1B
+53
43
2B
;73
59
3B
K113
75
4B
[133
91
5B
k153
107
6B
{173
123
7B
12 + + + + + + + + +
1100
FF14
12
C
FS34
28
1C
,54
44
2C
<74
60
3C
L114
76
4C
\134
92
5C
l154
108
6C
|174
124
7C
13 + + + + + + + + +
1101
CR15
13
D
GS35
29
1D
-55
45
2D
=75
61
3D
M115
77
4D
]135
93
5D
m155
109
6D
}175
125
7D
14 + + + + + + + + +
1110
SO16
14
E
RS36
30
1E
.56
46
2E
>76
62
3E
N116
78
4E
^136
94
5E
n156
110
6E
~176
126
7E
15 + + + + + + + + +
1111
SI17
15
F
US37
31
1F
/57
47
2F
?77
63
3F
O117
79
4F
_137
95
5F
o157
111
6F
DEL177
127
7F
+ ++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
KEY 
CHARACTER  +++ + + + + + +
ESC33
27
1B
 OCTAL
 DECIMAL
 HEX
+ + + diff --git a/DOCS/vt102-ug/vt100.net-logo.png b/DOCS/vt102-ug/vt100.net-logo.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b39b4d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/DOCS/vt102-ug/vt100.net-logo.png differ -- cgit v1.2.3